WO2022086629A1 - System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system - Google Patents

System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022086629A1
WO2022086629A1 PCT/US2021/048368 US2021048368W WO2022086629A1 WO 2022086629 A1 WO2022086629 A1 WO 2022086629A1 US 2021048368 W US2021048368 W US 2021048368W WO 2022086629 A1 WO2022086629 A1 WO 2022086629A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
yxy
image data
color
primary
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/048368
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mitchell J. BOGDANOWICZ PH.D
Corey P. CARBONARA PH.D
Michael F. Korpi
James M. DeFilippis
Gary B. Mandle
Original Assignee
Baylor University
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/076,383 external-priority patent/US11069279B2/en
Priority claimed from US17/225,734 external-priority patent/US11289000B2/en
Priority claimed from US17/338,357 external-priority patent/US11189210B2/en
Application filed by Baylor University filed Critical Baylor University
Publication of WO2022086629A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022086629A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G5/00—Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
    • G09G5/02—Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the way in which colour is displayed
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G02B5/201—Filters in the form of arrays
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2320/00—Control of display operating conditions
    • G09G2320/06—Adjustment of display parameters
    • G09G2320/0666—Adjustment of display parameters for control of colour parameters, e.g. colour temperature
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2320/00—Control of display operating conditions
    • G09G2320/06—Adjustment of display parameters
    • G09G2320/0673—Adjustment of display parameters for control of gamma adjustment, e.g. selecting another gamma curve
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2340/00—Aspects of display data processing
    • G09G2340/06—Colour space transformation

Definitions

  • Patent No.10,222,263 for RGB value calculation device by inventor Yasuyuki Shigezane, filed February 6, 2017 and issued March 5, 2019, is directed to a microcomputer that equally divides the circumference of an RGB circle into 6xn (n is an integer of 1 or more) parts, and calculates an RGB value of each divided color. (255, 0, 0) is stored as a reference RGB value of a reference color in a ROM in the microcomputer.
  • the microcomputer converts the reference RGB value depending on an angular difference of the RGB circle between a designated color whose RGB value is to be found and the reference color, and assumes the converted RGB value as an RGB value of the designated color. [0011]
  • Patent No.9,373,305 for Semiconductor device, image processing system and program by inventor Hiorfumi Kawaguchi filed May 29, 2015 and issued June 21, 2016, is directed to an image process device including a display panel operable to provide an input interface for receiving an input of an adjustment value of at least a part of color attributes of each vertex of n axes (n is an integer equal to or greater than 3) serving as adjustment axes in an RGB color space, and an adjustment data generation unit operable to calculate the degree of influence indicative of a following index of each of the n-axis vertices, for each of the n axes, on a basis of distance between each of the n-axis vertices and a target point which is an arbitrary lattice point in the RGB color space, and operable to calculate adjusted coordinates of the target point in the RGB color space.
  • U.S. Publication No.20130278993 for Color-mixing bi-primary color systems for displays by inventor Heikenfeld, et.al, filed September 1, 2011 and published October 24, 2013, is directed to a display pixel.
  • the pixel includes first and second substrates arranged to define a channel.
  • a fluid is located within the channel and includes a first colorant and a second charge that is opposite in polarity to the first charge and a color that is complimentary to the color of the first colorant.
  • a first electrode, with a voltage source, is operably coupled to the fluid and configured to moving one or both of the first and second colorants within the fluid and alter at least one spectral property of the pixel.
  • Patent No.8,599,226 for Device and method of data conversion for wide gamut displays by inventor Ben-Chorin, et. al, filed February 13, 2012 and issued December 3, 2013, is directed to a method and system for converting color image data from a, for example, three-dimensional color space format to a format usable by an n-primary display, wherein n is greater than or equal to 3.
  • the system may define a two-dimensional sub-space having a plurality of two-dimensional positions, each position representing a set of n primary color values and a third, scaleable coordinate value for generating an n-primary display input signal.
  • the system may receive a three-dimensional color space input signal including out-of range pixel data not reproducible by a three-primary additive display, and may convert the data to side gamut color image pixel data suitable for driving the wide gamut color display.
  • U.S. Patent No.8,081,835 for Multiprimary color sub-pixel rendering with metameric filtering by inventor Elliot, et. al, filed July 13, 2010 and issued December 20, 2011, is directed to systems and methods of rendering image data to multiprimary displays that adjusts image data across metamers as herein disclosed.
  • the metamer filtering may be based upon input image content and may optimize sub-pixel values to improve image rendering accuracy or perception. The optimizations may be made according to many possible desired effects.
  • One embodiment comprises a display system comprising: a display, said display capable of selecting from a set of image data values, said set comprising at least one metamer; an input image data unit; a spatial frequency detection unit, said spatial data; and a selection unit, said unit selecting image data from said metamer according to said spatial frequency characteristic.
  • a display capable of selecting from a set of image data values, said set comprising at least one metamer; an input image data unit; a spatial frequency detection unit, said spatial data; and a selection unit, said unit selecting image data from said metamer according to said spatial frequency characteristic.
  • U.S. Patent No.6,769,772 for Six color display apparatus having increased color gamut by inventor Roddy, et. al, filed October 11, 2002 and issued August 3, 2004, is directed to a display system for digital color images using six color light sources or two or more multicolor LED arrays or OLEDs to provide an expanded color gamut.
  • Apparatus uses two or more spatial light modulators, which may be cycled between two or more color light sources or LED arrays to provide a six-color display output. Pairing of modulated colors using relative luminance helps to minimize flicker effects.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of this invention to provide an enhancement to the current RGB systems or a replacement for them.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are orthogonal to the luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data
  • SDP Session
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters
  • SDP Session
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP)
  • SDP Session Description
  • the present invention includes a method for displaying a primary color system including providing a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, encoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using a digital interface of an image data converter, wherein the image data converter is in color space using at least one non-linear function, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non- linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', decoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using the digital interface of the image data converter, and the image data converter converting the set of image data for display on the at least one display device, wherein the en
  • FIG.1 illustrates one embodiment of a six primary system including a red primary, a green primary, a blue primary, a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and a yellow primary (“6P-B”) compared to ITU-R BT.709-6.
  • FIG.2 illustrates another embodiment of a six primary system including a red primary, a green primary, a blue primary, a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and a yellow primary (“6P-C”) compared to SMPTE RP431-2 for a D60 white point.
  • FIG.3 illustrates yet another embodiment of a six primary system including a red primary, a green primary, a blue primary, a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and a yellow primary (“6P-C”) compared to SMPTE RP431-2 for a D65 white point.
  • FIG.5 illustrates Super 6Pb compared to Super 6Pa and 6P-C.
  • FIG.6 illustrates an embodiment of an encode and decode system for a multi- primary color system.
  • FIG.7 illustrates a sequential method where three color primaries are passed to the transport format as full bit level image data and inserted as normal (“System 2”).
  • FIG.8A illustrates one embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • FIG.8B illustrates another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • FIG.8C illustrates yet another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • FIG.9A illustrates an embodiment of a stereo quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • FIG.9B illustrates another embodiment of a stereo quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • FIG.9C illustrates yet another embodiment of a stereo quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • FIG.10 illustrates one embodiment of a system encode and decode process using a dual link method (“System 3”).
  • FIG.11 illustrates one embodiment of an encoding process using a dual link method.
  • FIG.12 illustrates one embodiment of a decoding process using a dual link method.
  • FIG.13 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode with an OETF.
  • FIG.14 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode without an OETF.
  • FIG.15 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF).
  • EOTF electro-optical transfer function
  • FIG.17 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode with an OETF.
  • FIG.18 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode without an OETF.
  • FIG.19 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode with an OETF.
  • FIG.20 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode without an OETF.
  • FIG.21 illustrates sample placements of Yxy system components for a 4:2:2 pixel mapping.
  • FIG.22 illustrates sample placements of Yxy system components for a 4:2:0 pixel mapping.
  • FIG.23 illustrates one embodiment of a SMPTE ST292 Yxy system mapping.
  • FIG.24 illustrates one embodiment of a SMPTE ST2082 Yxy system mapping.
  • FIG.25 illustrates one embodiment of Yxy inserted into a CTA 861 stream.
  • FIG.26 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an EOTF.
  • FIG.27 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode without an EOTF.
  • FIG.28A illustrates one embodiment of an IPT 4:4:4 encode.
  • FIG.28B illustrates one embodiment of an IPT 4:4:4 decode.
  • FIG.29A illustrates one embodiment of an IC T C P 4:2:2 encode.
  • FIG.29B illustrates one embodiment of an IC T C P 4:2:2 decode.
  • FIG.30 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system encode using a 4:4:4 sampling method.
  • FIG.31 illustrates one embodiment for a method to package six channels of primary information into the three standard primary channels used in current serial video standards by modifying bit numbers for a 12-bit SDI and a 10-bit SDI.
  • FIG.32 illustrates a simplified diagram estimating perceived viewer sensation as code values define each hue angle. color information using a 4:4:4 video system.
  • FIG.34 illustrates one embodiment for a method of unstacking/decoding six- primary color information using a 4:4:4 video system.
  • FIG.35 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 decoder for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.36 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter.
  • FIG.37 illustrates another embodiment of an optical filter.
  • FIG.38 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention for sending six primary colors to a standardized transport format.
  • FIG.39 illustrates one embodiment of a decode process adding a pixel delay to the RGB data for realigning the channels to a common pixel timing.
  • FIG.40 illustrates one embodiment of an encode process for 4:2:2 video for packaging five channels of information into the standard three-channel designs.
  • FIG.41 illustrates one embodiment for a non-constant luminance encode for a six- primary color system.
  • FIG.42 illustrates one embodiment of a packaging process for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.43 illustrates a 4:2:2 unstack process for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.44 illustrates one embodiment of a process to inversely quantize each individual color and pass the data through an electronic optical function transfer (EOTF) in a non-constant luminance system.
  • EOTF electronic optical function transfer
  • FIG.45 illustrates one embodiment of a constant luminance encode for a six- primary color system. primary color system.
  • FIG.47 illustrates one example of 4:2:2 non-constant luminance encoding.
  • FIG.48 illustrates one embodiment of a non-constant luminance decoding system.
  • FIG.49 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance encoding system.
  • FIG.50 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance decoding system.
  • FIG.51 illustrates a raster encoding diagram of sample placements for a six- primary color system.
  • FIG.52 illustrates one embodiment of the six-primary color unstack process in a 4:2:2 video system.
  • FIG.53 illustrates one embodiment of mapping input to the six-primary color system unstack process.
  • FIG.54 illustrates one embodiment of mapping the output of a six-primary color system decoder.
  • FIG.55 illustrates one embodiment of mapping the RGB decode for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.56 illustrates one embodiment of an unstack system for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.57 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB decoder for a six-primary, non-constant luminance system.
  • FIG.58 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB decoder for a six-primary, constant luminance system. legacy RGB system.
  • FIG.60 illustrates one embodiment of six-primary color output using a non- constant luminance decoder.
  • FIG.61 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB process within a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.62 illustrates one embodiment of packing six-primary color system image data into an ICTCP (ITP) format.
  • FIG.63 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system converting RGBCMY image data into XYZ image data for an ITP format.
  • FIG.64 illustrates one embodiment of six-primary color mapping with SMPTE ST424.
  • FIG.65 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system readout for a SMPTE ST424 standard.
  • FIG.66 illustrates a process of 2160p transport over 12G-SDI.
  • FIG.67 illustrates one embodiment for mapping RGBCMY data to the SMPTE ST2082 standard for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.68 illustrates one embodiment for mapping Y RGB Y CMY C R C B C C C Y data to the SMPTE ST2082 standard for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.69 illustrates one embodiment for mapping six-primary color system data using the SMPTE ST292 standard.
  • FIG.70 illustrates one embodiment of the readout for a six-primary color system using the SMPTE ST292 standard.
  • FIG.71 illustrates modifications to the SMPTE ST352 standards for a six-primary color system. color system.
  • FIG.73 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 10-bit video system.
  • FIG.74 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 12-bit video system.
  • FIG.75 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:2 sampling systems in a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space.
  • FIG.76 illustrates sample placements of six-primary system components for a 4:2:2 sampling system image.
  • FIG.77 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:0 sampling systems using a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space.
  • FIG.78 illustrates sample placements of six-primary system components for a 4:2:0 sampling system image.
  • FIG.79 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video.
  • FIG.80 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video.
  • FIG.81 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six primary color system in 4:2:2 video.
  • FIG.82 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:2:0 video.
  • FIG.83 illustrates an RGB sampling transmission for a 4:4:4 sampling system.
  • FIG.84 illustrates a RGBCMY sampling transmission for a 4:4:4 sampling system.
  • FIG.86 illustrates a Y Cb Cr sampling transmission using a 4:2:2 sampling system.
  • FIG.87 illustrates a Y Cr Cb Cc Cy sampling transmission using a 4:2:2 sampling system.
  • FIG.88 illustrates an example of a System 2 to Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 Transmission as non-constant luminance.
  • FIG.89 illustrates a Y Cb Cr sampling transmission using a 4:2:0 sampling system.
  • FIG.90 illustrates a Y Cr Cb Cc Cy sampling transmission using a 4:2:0 sampling system.
  • FIG.91 illustrates a dual stack LCD projection system for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.92 illustrates one embodiment of a single projector.
  • FIG.93 illustrates a six-primary color system using a single projector and reciprocal mirrors.
  • FIG.94 illustrates a dual stack DMD projection system for a six-primary color system.
  • FIG.95 illustrates one embodiment of a single DMD projector solution.
  • FIG.96 illustrates one embodiment of a color filter array for a six-primary color system with a white OLED monitor.
  • FIG.97 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter array for a six-primary color system with a white OLED monitor.
  • FIG.98 illustrates one embodiment of a matrix of an LCD drive for a six-primary color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor. color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor.
  • FIG.100 illustrates an array for a Quantum Dot (QD) display device.
  • QD Quantum Dot
  • FIG.101 illustrates one embodiment of an array for a six-primary color system for use with a direct emissive assembled display.
  • FIG.102 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system in an emissive display that does not incorporate color filtered subpixels.
  • FIG.103 illustrates one embodiment of a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • FIG.104 illustrates a graph of maximum quantizing error using the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • FIG.105 illustrates one embodiment of an encoder.
  • FIG.106 illustrates one embodiment of a decoder.
  • FIG.107 illustrates one embodiment of a display engine operable to interact with a graphics processing unit (GPU) according to the present invention.
  • FIG.108 illustrates one embodiment of a 1/3 gamma function.
  • FIG.109 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the invention illustrating a computer system. DETAILED DESCRIPTION [00139] The present invention is generally directed to a multi-primary color system.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are orthogonal to the luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the at least
  • the at least one display device is operable to display the primary color system based on the set of image data, wherein the primary color system displayed on the at least one display device is based on the set of image data.
  • the image data converter is operable to convert the set of primary color signals to the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of values in Yxy color space to a plurality of color gamuts. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to fully sample the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and subsample the Yxy data related to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y.
  • the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are fully sampled.
  • the set of image data is integrated into a standardized transportation format.
  • the set of values in Yxy color space includes a reference to at least one white point.
  • the Yxy data includes floating points.
  • the encode includes converting the set of primary color signals to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to create the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the decode includes converting the Yxy data to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data least one non-linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto- optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF).
  • the set of image data includes pixel mapping data.
  • the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters
  • SDP Session
  • the at least one non-linear function function an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto-optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF).
  • the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to encode the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function TF to decode the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the image data converter includes a look-up table.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP)
  • SDP Session Description
  • the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color in Yxy color space.
  • the present invention includes a method for displaying a primary color system including providing a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, encoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using a digital interface of an image data converter, wherein the image data converter is in network communication with at least one display device, processing the set of values in Yxy color space using at least one non-linear function, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non- linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma
  • the present invention relates to color systems.
  • a multitude of color systems are known, but they continue to suffer numerous issues.
  • Enhancements to the television system have expanded from the early CCIR 601 standard to ITU-R BT.709-6, to SMPTE RP431-2, and ITU-R BT.2020.
  • Each one has increased the gamut of visible colors by expanding the distance from the reference white point to the position of the Red (R), Green (G), and Blue (B) color primaries (collectively known as “RGB”) in chromaticity space.
  • the display does not emit a color or a specific wavelength that directly relates to the sensation of color. It simply radiates energy at the same spectrum which humans sense as light and color. It is the observer who interprets this energy as color.
  • CIE 2° standard observer was established in 1931, common understanding of color sensation was that the eye used red, blue, and green cone receptors (James Maxwell & James Forbes 1855). Later with the Munsell vision model (Munsell 1915), Munsell described the vision system to include three separate components: luminance, hue, and saturation. Using RGB emitters or filters, these three primary colors are the components used to produce images on today’s modern electronic displays.
  • SHARP has attempted this with their four-color QUATTRON TV systems by adding a yellow color primary and developing an algorithm to drive it.
  • Another four primary color display was proposed by Matthew Brennesholtz which included an additional cyan primary, and a six primary display was described by Yan Xiong, Fei Deng, Shan Xu, and Sufang Gao of the School of Physics and Optoelectric Engineering at the Yangtze University Jingzhou China.
  • AU OPTRONICS has developed a five primary display technology.
  • SONY has also recently and RGBCMYW (red, green, blue cyan, magenta, yellow, and white) sensors.
  • Traditional displays include three primaries: red, green, and blue.
  • the multi- primary systems of the present invention include at least four primaries.
  • the at least four primaries preferably include at least one red primary, at least one green primary, and/or at least one blue primary.
  • the at least four primaries include a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and/or a yellow primary. In one embodiment, the at least four primaries include at least one white primary.
  • the multi-primary system includes six primaries. In one preferred embodiment, the six primaries include a red (R) primary, a green (G) primary, a blue (B) primary, a cyan (C) primary, a magenta (M) primary, and a yellow (Y) primary, often referred to as “RGBCMY”.
  • RGBCMY red (R) primary
  • RGB green
  • B blue
  • C cyan
  • M magenta
  • Y yellow
  • the systems and methods of the present invention are not restricted to RGBCMY, and alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention.
  • 6P-B is a color set that uses the same RGB values that are defined in the ITU-R BT.709-6 television standard. The gamut includes these RGB primary colors and then adds three more color primaries orthogonal to these based on the white point.
  • the white point used in 6P-B is D65 (ISO 11664-2).
  • the red primary has a dominant wavelength of 609nm
  • the yellow primary has a dominant wavelength of 571nm
  • the green primary has a dominant wavelength of 552nm
  • the cyan primary has a dominant wavelength of 491nm
  • the blue primary has a dominant wavelength of 465nm as shown in Table 1.
  • the dominant wavelength is approximately (e.g., within ⁇ 10%) the value listed in the table below. In yet another embodiment, the dominant wavelength is within ⁇ 2% of the value listed in the table below.
  • 6P-C is based on the same RGB primaries defined in SMPTE RP431-2 projection recommendation. Each gamut includes these RGB primary colors and then adds three more color primaries orthogonal to these based on the white point.
  • the white point used in 6P-B is D65 (ISO 11664-2).
  • Two versions of 6P-C are used. One is optimized for a D60 white point (SMPTE ST2065-1), and the other is optimized for a D65 white point. Additional information about white points is available in ISO 11664-2:2007 “Colorimetry — Part 2: CIE standard illuminants” and "ST 2065-1:2012 - SMPTE Standard - Academy Color Encoding Specification (ACES)," in ST 2065-1:2012, pp.1-23, 17 April 2012, doi: 10.5594/SMPTE.ST2065-1.2012, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the red primary has a dominant wavelength of 615nm
  • the yellow primary has a dominant wavelength of 570nm
  • the green primary has a dominant wavelength of 545nm
  • the cyan primary has a dominant wavelength of 493nm
  • the blue primary has a dominant wavelength of 465nm as shown in Table 2.
  • the dominant wavelength is approximately (e.g., within ⁇ 10%) the value listed in the table below. In yet another embodiment, the dominant wavelength is within ⁇ 2% of the value listed in the table below.
  • the red primary has a dominant wavelength of 615nm
  • the yellow primary has a dominant wavelength of 570nm
  • the green primary has a dominant wavelength of 545nm
  • the cyan primary has a dominant wavelength of 423nm
  • the blue primary has a dominant wavelength of 465nm as shown in Table 3.
  • the dominant wavelength is approximately (e.g., within ⁇ 10%) the value listed in the table below.
  • the dominant wavelength is within ⁇ 5% of the value listed in the table below.
  • the dominant wavelength is within ⁇ 2% of the value listed in the table below.
  • FIG.4 illustrates Super 6Pa compared to 6P-C.
  • Table 4 is a table of values for Super 6Pa.
  • the definition of x,y are described in ISO 11664-3:2012/CIE S 014 Part 3, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the definition of u’,v’ are described in ISO 11664-5:2016/CIE S 014 Part 5, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • ⁇ defines each color primary as dominant color wavelength for RGB and complementary wavelengths CMY.
  • FIG.5 illustrates Super 6Pb compared to Super 6Pa and 6P-C.
  • Table 5 is a table of values for Super 6Pb.
  • x,y are described in ISO 11664-3:2012/CIE S 014 Part 3, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • u’,v’ are described in ISO 11664-5:2016/CIE S 014 Part 5, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • ⁇ defines each color primary as dominant color wavelength for RGB and complementary wavelengths CMY.
  • TABLE 5 ’ ’ 28 [ primaries. As the XYZ values of the primaries change, the matrix changes. Additional details about the matrix are described below. [00179] FORMATTING AND TRANSPORTATION OF MULTI-PRIMARY SIGNALS [00180] The present invention includes three different methods to format video for transport: System 1, System 2, and System 3.
  • System 1 is comprised of an encode and decode system, which can be divided into base encoder and digitation, image data stacking, mapping into the standard data transport, readout, unstack, and finally image decoding.
  • the basic method of this system is to combine opposing color primaries within the three standard transport channels and identify them by their code value.
  • System 2 uses a sequential method where three color primaries are passed to the transport format as full bit level image data and inserted as normal. The three additional channels are delayed by one pixel and then placed into the transport instead of the first colors. This is useful in situations where quantizing artifacts may be critical to image performance.
  • this system is comprised of the six primaries (e.g., RGB plus a method to delay the CMY colors for injection), image resolution identification to allow for pixel count synchronization, start of video identification, and RGB Delay.
  • System 3 utilizes a dual link method where two wires are used. In one embodiment, a first set of three channels (e.g., RGB) are sent to link A and a second set of three channels (e.g., CMY) is sent to link B. Once they arrive at the image destination, they are recombined. 2, or System 3 can be used as described. If four color components are used, two of the channels are set to “0”. If five color components are used, one of the channels is set to “0”.
  • this transportation method works for all primary systems described herein that include up to six color components.
  • COMPARISON OF THREE SYSTEMS [00185]
  • System 1 fits within legacy SDI, CTA, and Ethernet transports. Additionally, System 1 has zero latency processing for conversion to an RGB display. However, System 1 is limited to 11-bit words.
  • System 2 is advantageously operable to transport 6 channels using 16-bit words with no compression. Additionally, System 2 fits within newer SDI, CTA, and Ethernet transport formats. However, System 2 requires double bit rate speed. For example, a 4K image requires a data rate for an 8K RGB image.
  • System 3 is operable to transport up to 6 channels using 16-bit words with compression and at the same data required for a specific resolution. For example, a data rate for an RGB image is the same as for a 6P image using System 3. However, System 3 requires a twin cable connection within the video system.
  • NOMENCLATURE [00189] In one embodiment, a standard video nomenclature is used to better describe each system. [00190] R describes red data as linear light (e.g., without a non-linear function applied). G describes green data as linear light. B describes blue data as linear light. C describes cyan data as linear light. M describes magenta data as linear light. Y c and/or Y describe yellow data as linear light.
  • G’ describes green data as non-linear light.
  • B’ describes blue data as non-linear light.
  • C’ describes cyan data as non-linear light.
  • M describes magenta data as non-linear light.
  • Y c ’ and/or Y’ describe yellow data as non-linear light.
  • Y6 describes the luminance sum of RGBCMY data.
  • YRGB describes a System 2 encode that is the linear luminance sum of the RGB data.
  • YCMY describes a System 2 encode that is the linear luminance sum of the CMY data.
  • CR describes the data value of red after subtracting linear image luminance.
  • CB describes the data value of blue after subtracting linear image luminance.
  • CC describes the data value of cyan after subtracting linear image luminance.
  • CY describes the data value of yellow after subtracting linear image luminance.
  • Y’RGB describes a System 2 encode that is the nonlinear luminance sum of the RGB data.
  • Y’ CMY describes a System 2 encode that is the nonlinear luminance sum of the CMY data.
  • -Y describes the sum of RGB data subtracted from Y 6 .
  • C’ R describes the data value of red after subtracting nonlinear image luminance.
  • C’ B describes the data value of blue after subtracting nonlinear image luminance.
  • C’ C describes the data value of cyan after subtracting nonlinear image luminance.
  • C’ Y describes the data value of yellow after subtracting nonlinear image luminance.
  • B+Y describes a System 1 encode that includes either blue or yellow data.
  • G+M describes a System 1 encode that includes either green or magenta data.
  • R+C describes a System 1 encode that includes either green or magenta data.
  • CR+CC describes a System 1 encode that includes either color difference data.
  • CB+CY describes a System 1 encode that includes either color difference data.
  • 4:4:4 describes full bandwidth sampling of a color in an RGB system.4:4:4:4:4 describes full sampling of a color in an RGBCMY system.4:2:2 describes an encode where a components are half sampled as a Cb Cr encode.4:2:2:2 describes an encode where a full bandwidth luminance channel (Y) is used to carry image detail and the remaining components are half sampled as a Cb Cr Cy Cc encode.4:2:0 describes a component system similar to 4:2:2, but where Cr and Cb samples alternate per line.4:2:0:2:0 describes a component system similar to 4:2:2, but where Cr, Cb, Cy, and Cc samples alternate per line.
  • Constant luminance is the signal process where luminance (Y) values are calculated in linear light.
  • Non-constant luminance is the signal process where luminance (Y) values are calculated in nonlinear light.
  • DERIVING COLOR COMPONENTS [00201] When using a color difference method (4:2:2), several components need specific processing so that they can be used in lower frequency transports. These are derived as: [00202] [00203] ⁇ 00712 [00204] [00205] [00206] [00207] The ratios for Cr, Cb, Cc, and Cy are also valid in linear light calcuations.
  • Magenta can be calculated as follows: [00209] [00210] SYSTEM 1 [00211]
  • the multi-primary color system is compatible with legacy systems.
  • a backwards compatible multi-primary color system is defined by a sampling method is 4:2:2. In another embodiment, the sampling method is 4:2:0.
  • new encode and decode systems are divided into the steps of performing base encoding and digitization, image data stacking, mapping into the standard data transport, readout, unstacking, and image decoding (“System 1”). In one embodiment, System 1 combines opposing color primaries within three standard transport channels and identifies them by their code value.
  • the processes are analog processes. In another embodiment of a backwards compatible multi-primary color system, the processes are digital processes.
  • the sampling method for a multi-primary color system is a 4:4:4 sampling method. Black and white bits are redefined. In one embodiment, putting black at midlevel within each data word allows the addition of CMY color data.
  • FIG.6 illustrates an embodiment of an encode and decode system for a multi- primary color system.
  • the multi-primary color encode and decode system is divided into a base encoder and digitation, image data stacking, mapping into the standard data transport, readout, unstack, and finally image decoding (“System 1”).
  • the method of this system combines opposing color primaries within the three standard transport channels and identifies them by their code value.
  • the encode and decode for a multi-primary color system are analog-based.
  • the encode and decode for a multi-primary color system are digital-based.
  • System 1 is designed to be compatible with lower bandwidth systems and allows a maximum of 11 bits per channel and is limited to sending only three channels of up to six primaries at a time.
  • FIG.7 illustrates a sequential method where three color primaries are passed to the transport format as full bit level image data and inserted as normal (“System 2”). The three additional channels are delayed by one pixel and then placed into the transport instead of the first colors. This method is useful in situations where quantizing artifacts is critical to image performance.
  • this system is comprised of six primaries (RGBCMY), a method to delay the CMY colors for injection, image resolution identification to all for pixel count synchronization, start of video identification, RGB delay, and for YCCCCC systems, logic to select the dominant color primary.
  • System 2 sequences on a pixel to pixel basis.
  • System 2A a quadrature method is also possible (“System 2A”) that is operable to transport six primaries in stereo or twelve primary image information.
  • Each quadrant of the frame contains three color primary data sets. These are combined in the display. A first set of three primaries is displayed in the upper left quadrant, a second set of three primaries is displayed in the upper right quadrant, a third set of primaries is displayed in the lower left quadrant, and a fourth set of primaries is displayed in lower right quadrant.
  • the first set of three primaries, the second set of three primaries, the third set of three primaries, and the fourth set of three primaries do not contain any overlapping primaries (i.e., twelve different primaries).
  • the first set of three primaries, the second set of three primaries, the third set of three primaries, and the fourth set of three primaries contain overlapping primaries (i.e., at least one primary is contained in more than one set of three primaries).
  • the second set of three primaries and the fourth set of three primaries contain the same primaries.
  • FIG.8A illustrates one embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • a first set of three primaries e.g., RGB
  • a second set of three primaries e.g., CMY
  • a third set of three primaries e.g., GC, BM, and RY
  • a fourth set of three primaries e.g., MR, YG, and CB
  • FIG.8A illustrates a backwards compatible 12P system, this is merely for illustrative purposes. The present invention is not limited to the twelve primaries shown in FIG.8A.
  • FIG.8B illustrates another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • a first set of three primaries e.g., RGB
  • a second set of three primaries e.g., CMY
  • a third set of three primaries e.g., GC, BM, and RY
  • a fourth set of three primaries e.g., MR, YG, and CB
  • FIG.8C illustrates yet another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”).
  • a first set of three primaries e.g., RGB
  • a second set of three primaries e.g., CMY
  • a third set of three primaries e.g., GC, BM, and RY
  • FIG.8C illustrates a backwards compatible 12P system
  • This is merely for illustrative purposes.
  • the present invention is not limited to the twelve primaries shown in FIG.8C. Additionally, alternative pixel arrangements are compatible with the present invention.
  • FIG.9A illustrates an embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”) in stereo.
  • a first set of three primaries e.g., RGB
  • a second set of three primaries e.g., CMY
  • a third set of three primaries e.g., RGB
  • a fourth set of three primaries e.g., CMY
  • This embodiment allows for separation of the left eye with the first set of three primaries and the second set of three primaries and the right eye with the third set of three primaries and the fourth set of three primaries.
  • FIG.9B illustrates another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”) in stereo.
  • Alternative pixel arrangements and primaries are compatible with the present invention.
  • FIG.9C illustrates yet another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”) in stereo.
  • FIG.10 illustrates one embodiment of a system encode and decode process using a dual link method (“System 3”).
  • System 3 utilizes a dual link method where two wires are used.
  • RGB is sent to link A and CMY is sent to link B.
  • System 3 is simpler and more straight forward than Systems 1 and 2.
  • the advantage with this system is that adoption is simply to format non-RGB primaries (e.g., CMY) on a second link. So, in one example, for an SDI design, RGB is sent on a standard SDI stream just as it is currently done. There is no modification to the transport and this link is operable to be sent to any RGB display requiring only the compensation for the luminance difference because the non-RGB primaries (e.g., CMY) components are not included. Data for the non-RGB primaries (e.g., CMY data) is transported in the same manner as RGB data.
  • FIG.12 illustrates one embodiment of a decoding process using a dual link method. Alternative numbers of primaries and alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention.
  • Color is generally defined by three component data levels (e.g., RGB, YCbCr).
  • a serial data stream must accommodate a word for each color contributor (e.g., R, G, B).
  • Use of more than three primaries requires accommodations to fit this data based on an RGB concept. This is why System 1, System 2, and System 3 use stacking, sequencing, and/or dual links. Multiple words are required to define a single pixel, which is inefficient because not all values are needed.
  • color is defined as a colorimetric coordinate. Thus, every color is defined by three words. Serial systems are already based on three color contributors (e.g., RGB).
  • System 4 preferably uses XYZ or Yxy as the three color contributors.
  • System 4 preferably uses two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance or a luma.
  • System 4 includes, but is not limited to, Yxy, L*a*b*, IC T C P , YCbCr, YUV, Yu'v', YPbPr, YIQ, and/or XYZ.
  • System 4 uses color contributors that are independent of a white point and/or a reference white value.
  • System 4 uses color contributors that are not independent of a white point and/or a reference white value (e.g., YCbCr, L*a*b*).
  • System 4 uses color contributors that require at least one known primaries (e.g., ICTCP).
  • L*C*h or other non-rectangular coordinate systems e.g., cylindrical, polar
  • a polar system is defined from that is similar to C* in an L*C*h polar system.
  • ⁇ is restricted from 0 to 90 degrees because x and y are always non-negative.
  • the ⁇ angle is expanded by applying a transform (e.g., an affine transform) to x, y data wherein the x, y values of the white point of the system (e.g., D65) are subtracted from the x, y data such that the x, y data includes negative values.
  • a transform e.g., an affine transform
  • ⁇ ranges from 0 to 360 degrees and the polar plot of the Yxy data is operable to occupy more than one quadrant.
  • XYZ has been used in cinema for over 10 years. XYZ needs 16-bit float and 32- bit float encode or a minimum of 12 bits for gamma or log encoded images for better quality.
  • Transport of XYZ must be accomplished using a 4:4:4 sample system. Less than a 4:4:4 sample system causes loss of image detail because Y is used as a coordinate along with X and Z and carries color information, not a value. Further, X and Z are not orthogonal to Y and, therefore, also include luminance information.
  • converting to Yxy or Yu'v' concentrates the luminance in Y only, leaving two independent and pure chromaticity values.
  • X, Y, and Z are used to calculate x and y.
  • X, Y, and Z are used to calculate u' and v'.
  • I or L* components are used instead of Y, wherein I and/or L* data are created using gamma functions.
  • I is created using a 0.5 gamma function
  • L* is created using a 1/3 gamma function.
  • additional gamma encoding is not applied to the data as part of transport.
  • the system is operable to use any two independent colorimetric coordinates with similar properties to x and y, u’ and v’, and/or u and v.
  • the two colorimetric coordinates are u' and v' and the system is a Yu'v' system.
  • the two independent colorimetric coordinates e.g., x and y
  • the two independent colorimetric coordinates are independent of a white point. Further, this reduces the complexity of the system when compared to XYZ, which includes a luminance value for all three channels (i.e., X, Y, and Z). Further, this also provides an advantage for subsampling (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0 and 4:1:1).
  • the image data includes a reference to at least one white point.
  • Current technology uses components derived from the legacy NTSC television system. Encoding described in SMPTE, ITU, and CTA standards includes methods using subsampling as 4:2:2, 4:2:0, and 4:1:1.
  • this allows for color transportation of more than three primaries, including, but not limited to, at least four primaries, at least five primaries, at least six primaries, at least seven primaries, at least eight primaries, at least nine primaries, at least ten primaries, at least eleven primaries, and/or at least twelve primaries (e.g., through a SMPTE ST292 or an HDMI 1.2 transport).
  • primaries including, but not limited to, at least four primaries, at least five primaries, at least six primaries, at least seven primaries, at least eight primaries, at least nine primaries, at least ten primaries, at least eleven primaries, and/or at least twelve primaries (e.g., through a SMPTE ST292 or an HDMI 1.2 transport).
  • System 1, System 2, and System 3 use a YCbCr expansion to transport six color primary data sets, and the same transport (e.g., a YCbCr expansion) is operable to accommodate the image information as Yxy where Y is the luminance information and x,y describe CIE 1931 color coordinates in the half sample segments of the data stream (e.g., 4:2:2).
  • Y is the luminance information
  • x,y describe CIE 1931 color coordinates in the half sample segments of the data stream (e.g., 4:2:2).
  • x,y are fully sampled (e.g., 4:4:4).
  • the sampling rate is 4:2:0 or 4:1:1.
  • the same transport is operable to one embodiment, the same transport is operable to accommodate data set using one channel of luminance data and two channels of colorimetric data.
  • the same transport is operable to accommodate the image information as Yu'v' with full sampling (e.g., 4:4:4) or partial sampling (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1).
  • full sampling e.g., XYZ.
  • x,y have no reference to any primaries because x,y are explicit colorimetric positions. In the Yxy space, x and y are chromaticity coordinates such that x and y can be used to define a gamut of visible color.
  • u' and v' are explicit colorimetric positions. It is possible to define a gamut of visible color in other formats (e.g., L*a*b*, ICTCP, YCbCr), but it is not always trivial.
  • To determine if a color is visible in Yxy space it must be determined if the sum of x and y is greater than or equal to zero. If not, the color is not visible. If the x,y point is within the CIE x,y locus (CIE horseshoe), the color is visible. If not, the color is not visible.
  • the Y value plays a role especially in a display.
  • the display is operable to reproduce an x,y color within a certain range of Y values, wherein the range is a function of the primaries.
  • a non-linear function e.g., opto- optical transfer function (OOTF)
  • OOTF opto- optical transfer function
  • FIG.13 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode with an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF).
  • Image data is acquired in any format operable to be converted to the Yxy data is processed through an OETF.
  • the processed Yxy data is then converted to a standardized transportation format for mapping and readout.
  • x and y remain as independent colorimetric coordinates and the non-linear function (e.g., OETF, log, gamma, PQ) is only applied to Y, thus avoiding compression or loss of colorimetric data.
  • the non-linear function e.g., OETF, log, gamma, PQ
  • the OETF is described in ITU-R BT.2100 or ITU-R BT.1886.
  • Y is orthogonal to x and y, and remains orthogonal to x and y even when a non-linear function is applied.
  • System 4 is compatible with a plurality of data formats including data formats using one luminance coordinate and two colorimetric coordinates.
  • FIG.14 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode without an OETF.
  • Image data is acquired in any format operable to be converted to XYZ data (e.g., RGB, RGBCMY, CMYK).
  • the XYZ data is then converted to Yxy data, and then converted to a standardized transportation format for mapping and readout.
  • FIG.14 shows a Yxy encode
  • System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats.
  • FIG.15 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). After mapping and readout, the data is processed through an EOTF to yield the Yxy data. The Yxy data is then converted back to the XYZ data.
  • EOTF electro-optical transfer function
  • the XYZ data is operable to be converted to multiple data formats including, but not limited to, RGB, CMYK, 6P (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C), and gamuts including at least four primaries through at least twelve used with a plurality of data formats. [00246] Finally, the XYZ data must converted to the correct standard color space.
  • the color gamut used is a 6P-B color gamut
  • the color gamut used is a 6P-C color gamut with a D60 white point
  • the following equations are used: ⁇ 2.402666 ⁇ 0.897456 ⁇ 0.388041 0 / ⁇ 2 / ⁇ 08326 169204 0023122 / ⁇ 2 ⁇ ⁇ " ⁇ / ⁇ 2 ⁇ ⁇ [0023122
  • the Yxy data is then converted to the XYZ data.
  • the XYZ data is operable to be converted to multiple data formats including, but not limited to, RGB, CMYK, 6P (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C), and gamuts including at least four primaries through at least twelve primaries.
  • FIG.16 shows a Yxy encode
  • System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats.
  • FIG.17 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode with an OETF.
  • a full bandwidth luminance channel (Y) is used to carry image detail and the remaining color coordinate components (e.g., x,y) are half sampled.
  • the Yxy data undergoes a 4:2:2 encode.
  • Other encoding methods e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:0, 4:1:1 are compatible with the present invention.
  • Other quantization methods and bit depths are also compatible with the present invention.
  • the bit depth is 8 bits, 10 bits, 12 bits, 14 bits, and/or 16 bits.
  • the Yxy values are sampled as floats.
  • FIG.18 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode without an OETF.
  • FIG.18 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode with an OETF.
  • a full bandwidth luminance channel (Y) is used to carry image detail and the remaining color coordinate components (e.g., x,y) are also fully sampled.
  • the Yxy data undergoes a 4:4:4 encode.
  • Other encoding methods e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1 are compatible with the present invention.
  • FIG.20 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode without an OETF.
  • the Yxy data undergoes a 4:4:4 encode.
  • Other encoding methods e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1 are compatible with the present invention.
  • FIG.21 illustrates sample placements of Yxy system components for a 4:2:2 pixel mapping.
  • a plurality of pixels (e.g., P 00 -P 35 ) is shown in FIG.21.
  • the first subscript number refers to a row number and the second subscript number refers to a column number.
  • ⁇ G I H F ⁇ is the luma and the color components are J GHF ⁇ and K GHF ⁇ .
  • ⁇ G I H F ⁇ is the luma.
  • ⁇ G I H F ⁇ is the luma and the color components are J GHF ⁇ and K GHF ⁇ .
  • ⁇ G I H F ⁇ is the luma.
  • the luma and the color components e.g., the set of image data
  • a particular pixel e.g., P 00
  • the data is sent linearly as luminance (e.g., Y INT00 ).
  • System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. mapping.
  • a plurality of pixels (e.g., P00-P35) is shown in FIG.22.
  • the first subscript number refers to a row number and the second subscript number refers to a column number.
  • ⁇ G I H F ⁇ is the luma and the color components are J GHF ⁇ and K GHF ⁇ .
  • ⁇ G I H F ⁇ is the luma.
  • ⁇ G I HF ⁇ is the luma.
  • ⁇ G I HF ⁇ is the luma.
  • the luma and the color components corresponding to a particular pixel is used to calculate color and brightness of subpixels.
  • the example shown in FIG.22 includes luma, it is equally possible that the data is sent linearly as luminance (e.g., YINT00).
  • the set of image data includes pixel mapping data.
  • the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in a color space.
  • the color space is a Yxy color space (e.g., 4:2:2).
  • the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in the color space (e.g., Yxy color space, Yu'v').
  • Table 6 illustrates mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:2:2 sampling of Yxy data.
  • Table 7 illustrates mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:4:4 linear and non-linear sampling of Yxy data.
  • the present invention is compatible with a plurality of data formats (e.g., Yu'v') and not restricted to Yxy data.
  • TABLE 6 TABLE 7 p g pg p p y Depth [0 . y y pp g. fit a Yxy system into a SMPTE ST292 stream involves the following substitutions: ⁇ G I H F is placed in the Y data segments, J GHF is placed in the Cr data segments, and K GHF is placed in the Cb data segments.
  • FIG.24 illustrates one embodiment of a SMPTE ST2082 Yxy system mapping. To fit a Yxy system into a SMPTE ST292 stream involves the following substitutions: ⁇ G I H F is placed in the G data segments, J GHF is placed in the R data segments, and K GHF is placed in the B data segments.
  • luminance or luma is placed in the G data segments, a first colorimetric coordinate is placed in the R data segments, and a second colorimetric coordinate is placed in the B data segments.
  • FIG.24 shows a Yxy system mapping
  • System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats (e.g., Yu'v').
  • FIG.25 shows a Yxy system mapping
  • System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats.
  • FIG.26 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an EOTF.
  • a non-linear function is applied to the luminance to create a luma.
  • FIG.27 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode without an EOTF.
  • data is sent linearly as luminance.
  • a non-linear function e.g., EOTF
  • FIG. 27 shows a Yxy decode
  • System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats.
  • XYZ is used as the basis of ACES for cinematographers and allows for the use of colors outside of the ITU-R BT.709 and/or the P3 color spaces, encompassing all of the CIE color space. Colorists often work in XYZ, so there is widespread familiarity with XYZ. Further, XYZ is used for other standards (e.g., JPEG 2000, Digital Cinema Initiatives (DCI)), which could be easily adapted for System 4. Additionally, most color spaces use XYZ as the basis for conversion, so the conversions between XYZ and most color spaces are well understood and documented. Many professional displays also have XYZ option as a color reference function.
  • DCI Digital Cinema Initiatives
  • the image data converter includes at least one look-up table (LUT).
  • the at least one look-up table maps out of gamut colors to zero.
  • the at least one look-up table maps out of gamut colors to a periphery of visible colors.
  • TRANSFER FUNCTIONS both encode and/or decode processes. Current practices used in standards include, but are not limited to, ITU-R BT.1886, ITU-R BT.2020, SMPTE ST274, SMPTE ST296, SMPTE ST2084, and ITU-R BT.2100. These standards are compatible with this system and require no modification.
  • Encoding and decoding multi-primary (e.g., 6P, RGBC) images is formatted into several different configurations to adapt to image transport frequency limitations.
  • the highest quality transport is obtained by keeping all components as multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY) components. This uses the highest sampling frequencies and requires the most signal bandwidth.
  • An alternate method is to sum the image details in a luminance channel at full bandwidth and then send the color difference signals at half or quarter sampling (e.g., Y Cr Cb Cc Cy). This allows a similar image to pass through lower bandwidth transports.
  • An IPT system is a similar idea to the Yxy system with several exceptions.
  • An IPT system or an IC T C P system is still an extension of XYZ and is operable to be derived from RGB and multiprimary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC) color coordinates.
  • RGBCMY, RGBC multiprimary
  • An IPT color description can be substituted within a 4:4:4 sampling structure, but XYZ has already been established and does not require the same level of calculations.
  • XYZ has already been established and does not require the same level of calculations.
  • XYZ has already been established and does not require the same level of calculations.
  • a non-linear function e.g., OOTF
  • the non-linear function can be removed for IPT or ICTCP, the derivation would still be based on a set of RGB primaries with a white point reference.
  • FIG.28B illustrates one embodiment of an IPT 4:4:4 decode.
  • FIG.29A illustrates one embodiment of an ICTCP 4:2:2 encode.
  • FIG.29B illustrates one embodiment of an ICTCP 4:2:2 decode.
  • Transfer functions used in systems 1, 2, and 3 are generally framed around two basic implementations. For images displaying using a standard dynamic range, the transfer functions are defined within two standards.
  • the OETF is defined in ITU-R BT.709-6, table 1, row 1.2.
  • the inverse function, the EOTF is defined in ITU-R BT.1886.
  • PQ perceptual quantizer
  • HLG hybrid log-gamma
  • System 4 is operable to use any of the transfer functions, which can be applied to the Y component.
  • a new method has been developed: a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function allows for a single calculation from the luminance (e.g., Y) component of the signal (e.g., Yxy signal) to the display.
  • the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function is designed for data efficiency, not as an optical transform function.
  • the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function is used instead of a nonlinear function (e.g., OETF or EOTF).
  • signal input to the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function is assumed to be linear and constrained between values of 0 and 1.
  • the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function is optimized for 10-bit transport and/or 12-bit transport.
  • the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function is optimized for 14-bit transport and/or 16-bit transport.
  • the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function is optimized for 8-bit transport.
  • a typical implementation applies an inverse of the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function, which linearizes the signal.
  • a conversion to a display gamut is then applied.
  • FIG.103 illustrates one embodiment of a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • using the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function with the display gamma combines the functions into a single step rather than utilizing a two-step conversion process.
  • At least one tone curve is applied after the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function advantageously provides ease to convert to and from linear values. Given that all color and tone mapping has to be done in the linear domain, having a simple to implement conversion is desirable and makes the conversion to and from linear values easier and simpler.
  • FIG.104 illustrates a graph of maximum quantizing error using the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function. The maximum quantizing error from an original 16-bit image (black trace) to a 10- bit (blue trace) signal is shown in the graph. In the embodiment shown in the graph, the maximum quantizing error is less than 0.1% (e.g., 0.0916%) for 16-bit to 10-bit conversion using the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • the graph also shows the maximum quantizing error from the original 16-bit image to a 12-bit (red trace) signal and a 14-bit (green trace) signal.
  • a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma is ideal for converting images with 16-bit (e.g., 16-bit float) values to 12-bit (e.g., 12-bit integer) values, for other data sets a 1/3 gamma provides equivalent performance in terms of peak signal-to-noise ratio (PSNR).
  • PSNR peak signal-to-noise ratio
  • the range of image values is normalized to between 0 and 1.
  • the range of image values is preferably normalized to between 0 and 1 and then the gamma function is applied.
  • FIG.108 illustrates one embodiment of a 1/3 gamma function.
  • ENCODER AND DECODER the multi-primary system includes an encoder operable to accept image data input (e.g., RAW, SDI, HDMI, DisplayPort, ethernet).
  • the image data input is from a camera, a computer, a processor, a flash memory card, a network (e.g., local area network (LAN)), or any other file storage or transfer medium operable to provide image data input.
  • the encoder is operable to send processed image data (e.g., Yxy, XYZ, Yu'v') to a decoder (e.g., via wired or wireless communication).
  • the decoder is operable to send formatted image data (e.g., SDI, HDMI, Ethernet, DisplayPort, Yxy, XYZ, Yu'v', legacy RGB, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBC, RGBCMY, etc.)) to at least one viewing device (e.g., display, monitor, projector) for display (e.g., via wired or wireless communication).
  • the decoder is operable to send formatted image data to at least two viewing devices simultaneously. In one embodiment, two or more of the at least two viewing devices use different color spaces and/or formats.
  • the decoder sends formatted image data to a first viewing device in HDMI and a second viewing device in SDI.
  • the decoder sends formatted image data as multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC) to a first viewing device and as legacy RGB (e.g., Rec.709) to a second SMPTE ST2022.
  • the Ethernet formatted image data is compatible with SMPTE ST2110 and/or any internet protocol (IP)-based transport protocol for image data.
  • IP internet protocol
  • the at least one processor may be a general-purpose microprocessor (e.g., a central processing unit (CPU)), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a microcontroller, a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), a Programmable Logic Device (PLD), a controller, a state machine, gated or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any other suitable entity or combinations thereof that can perform calculations, process instructions for execution, and/or other manipulations of information.
  • one or more of the at least one processor is operable to run predefined programs stored in at least one memory of the encoder and/or the decoder.
  • the encoder and/or the decoder include hardware, firmware, and/or software.
  • the encoder and/or the decoder is operable to be inserted into third party software (e.g., via a dynamic-link library (DLL)).
  • DLL dynamic-link library
  • functionality and/or features of the encoder and/or the decoder are combined for efficiency.
  • FIG.105 illustrates one embodiment of an encoder.
  • the encoder includes at least one encoder input (e.g., SDI, HDMI, SMPTE ST2110, SMPTE ST2022, DisplayPort, fiber, ethernet) and at least one encoder output (e.g., SDI, HDMI, SMPTE ST2110, SMPTE ST2022, Yxy SDI, Yxy HDMI, Yu'v' SDI, Yu'v' HDMI, DisplayPort, fiber, ethernet).
  • the encoder preferably includes an encoder operations programming port operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the encoder.
  • the encoder operations programming port is operable to update library functions, internal formatting
  • camera encoder includes an encoder configuration central processing unit (CPU) operable to interface with at least one encoder memory.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • the encoder further includes an encoder equalizer, at least one encoder serial to parallel (S/P) converter (e.g., SDI S/P converter, HDMI S/P, Ethernet S/P converter), at least one encoder flash card reader, at least one Ethernet port, a DeBayer engine, a linear converter, a scaler (e.g., 0-1), at least one custom encoder LUT, a color channel-to-XYZ converter (e.g., RGB in Rec.709, P3, Rec.2020; 6P; multi-primary; ACES; custom), an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, an XYZ-to-Yu'v' converter, a gamma function (e.g., 1 ⁇ 2 gamma), an xy scaler, a u'v' scaler, a sampling selector (e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:2, 4:2:0), at least one encoder parallel to serial (P/S) converter (e.g
  • the input data is operable to bypass any combination of processing stages and/or components in the encoder.
  • the at least one encoder input includes, but is not limited to, an SDI input, an HDMI input, a DisplayPort input, an ethernet input, and/or a SMPTE ST2110 input.
  • the SDI input preferably follows a modified version of SMPTE ST352 payload ID standard.
  • the SDI input is SMPTE ST292, SMPTE ST425, and/or SMPTE ST2082.
  • a video signal from the SDI input is then sent to the encoder equalizer to compensate for cable type and length.
  • the HDMI input is decoded with a standard HDMI receiver circuit.
  • the HDMI input is converted to a parallel format.
  • the HDMI input is defined within the CTA 861 standard.
  • the at least one encoder input includes image data (e.g., RAW data) from a flash device.
  • the configuration CPU identifies a format on the flash card and/or a file type, and has software operable to read the image data and make it available to the encoder.
  • encoder control system e.g., via a micro universal serial bus (USB) or equivalent).
  • the encoder control system is operable to control the at least one encoder memory that holds tables for the DeBayer engine, load modifications to the linear converter and/or scaler, select the at least one input, loads a table for the at least one custom encoder LUT, bypass one or more of the at least one custom encoder LUT, bypass the DeBayer engine, add or modify conversion tables for the RGB to XYZ converter, modify the gamma function (e.g., a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function), turn the watermark engine on or off, modify a digital watermark for the watermark engine, and/or perform functions for the flash memory player (e.g., play, stop, forward, fast forward, rewind, fast rewind, frame selection).
  • the flash memory player e.g., play, stop, forward, fast forward, rewind, fast rewind, frame selection.
  • the at least one S/P converter is up to n bit for improved processing efficiency.
  • the at least one S/P converter preferably formats the processed image data so that the encoder and/or the decoder is operable to use parallel processing.
  • parallel processing keeps processing fast and minimizes latency.
  • the at least one encoder formatter is operable to organize the serial stream as a proper format.
  • the encoder includes a corresponding encoder formatter for each of the at least one encoder output.
  • the encoder includes at least one HDMI output in the at least one encoder output, the encoder also includes at least one HDMI formatter in the at least one encoder formatter; if the encoder includes at least one SDI output in the at least one encoder output, the encoder also includes at least one SDI formatter in the at least one encoder formatter; if the encoder includes at least one Ethernet output in the at least one encoder output, the encoder also includes at least one Ethernet formatter in the at least one encoder formatter; and so forth. [00298] There is an advantage of inputting a RAW camera image to take advantage of the extended dynamic range and wider color gamut versus using a standard video input.
  • the raster image is a 3-channel image (e.g., RGB).
  • the DeBayer engine is bypassed for data that is not in a RAW image format.
  • the DeBayer engine is configured to accommodate at least three primaries (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, etc.) in the Bayer or stripe pattern.
  • the operations programming port is operable to load a file with code required to adapt a specific Bayer pattern.
  • a bypass path is provided and switched to and from using the encoder configuration CPU.
  • the encoder is operable to recognize the image data format and select the correct path automatically.
  • the image data format is included in metadata.
  • the encoder configuration CPU is operable to recognize an input nonlinearity value and provide an inverse value to the linear converter to linearize the image data.
  • the scaler is operable to map out of gamut values into in gamut values.
  • the at least one custom encoder LUT is operable to transform an input (e.g., a standard from a manufacturer) to XYZ, Yxy, or Yu'v'. Examples of the input include, but are not limited to, RED Log3G10, ARRI log C, ACEScc, SONY S-Log, CANON Log, PANASONIC V Log, PANAVISION Panalog, and/or BLACK MAGIC CinemaDNG.
  • the at least one custom encoder LUT is operable to transform the input to an output according to artistic needs.
  • the encoder does not include the color channel-to-XYZ converter or the XYZ-to-Yxy converter, as this functionality is incorporated into the at least one custom encoder LUT.
  • the at least one custom encoder LUT is a 65-cube look-up table.
  • the at least one custom encoder LUT is preferably compatible with ACES Common LUT Format (CLF) -- A Common File Format for Look-Up Tables S-2014-006, which was published July 22, 2021 and which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the encoder configuration CPU is operable to bypass the at least one custom encoder LUT.
  • RGB or multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC) data is converted into XYZ data using the color channel-to-XYZ converter.
  • a white point value for the original video data e.g., RGB, RGBCMY
  • the encoder configuration CPU is operable to provide an adaption calculation using the white point value.
  • the XYZ-to-Yxy converter is operable to convert XYZ data to Yxy data.
  • the Yxy image data is segmented into a luminance value and a set of colorimetric values, the relationship between Y and x,y is operable to be manipulated to use lower data rates.
  • the XYZ-to-Yu'v' converter is operable to convert XYZ data to Yu'v' data, and the conversion is operable to be manipulated to use lower data rates.
  • Any system with a luminance value and a set of colorimetric values is compatible with the present invention.
  • the configuration CPU is operable to set the sample selector to fit one or more of the at least one encoder output.
  • the sampling selector sets a sampling structure (e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1).
  • the sampling selector is preferably controlled by the encoder configuration CPU. In a preferred embodiment, the sampling selector also places each component in the correct serial data position as shown in Table 8. [00302] TABLE 8 [00303]
  • the watermark engine is operable to modify an image from an original image to include a digital watermark.
  • the digital watermark is outside of the ITU- R BT.2020 color gamut.
  • the digital watermark is compressed, collapsed, and/or mapped to an edge of the smaller color gamut such that it is not visible and/or not detectable when displayed on a viewing device with a smaller color gamut than ITU-R BT.2020.
  • the digital watermark is not visible and/or not detectable when displayed on a viewing device with an ITU-R BT.2020 color gamut.
  • the digital watermark is a watermark image (e.g., logo), alphanumeric text (e.g., unique identification code), and/or a modification of pixels.
  • the digital watermark is invisible to the naked eye.
  • the digital watermark is perceptible when decoded by an algorithm.
  • the algorithm uses an encryption key to decode the digital watermark.
  • the digital watermark is visible in a non-obtrusive manner (e.g., at the bottom right of the screen).
  • the digital watermark is preferably detectable after size compression, scaling, cropping, and/or screenshots.
  • the digital watermark is an imperceptible change in sound and/or video.
  • the digital watermark is a pattern (e.g., a random pattern, a fixed pattern) using a luminance difference (e.g., 1 bit luminance difference).
  • the pattern is operable to change at each frame.
  • the digital watermark is a dynamic digital watermark and/or a static digital watermark.
  • the dynamic digital watermark works as a full frame rate or a partial frame rate (e.g., half frame rate).
  • the watermark engine is operable to accept commands from the encoder configuration CPU.
  • the at least one encoder input already includes a digital watermark when input to the encoder.
  • a camera includes the input.
  • the at least one encoder output includes, but is not limited to SDI, HDMI, DisplayPort, and/or ethernet.
  • at least one encoder formatter formats the image data to produce the at least one encoder output.
  • the at least one encoder formatter includes, but is not limited to, an SDI formatter, an SMPTE ST2110, and/or an HDMI formatter.
  • the SDI formatter formats the serial video data into an SDI package as a Yxy output.
  • the SMPTE ST2110 formatter formats the serial video data into an ethernet package as a Yxy output.
  • FIG.106 illustrates one embodiment of a decoder.
  • the decoder includes at least one decoder input (e.g., SDI, HDMI, Ethernet, Yxy SDI, Yxy HDMI, Yxy Ethernet, DisplayPort, fiber) and at least one decoder output (e.g., Yxy SDI, at least one SDI, X'Y'Z', HDMI, Ethernet, DisplayPort, fiber).
  • the decoder includes a decoder configuration central processing unit (CPU) operable to interface with at least one decoder memory.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • the decoder preferably includes a decoder operations programming port operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the decoder.
  • the decoder further includes a decoder equalizer, at least one decoder serial to parallel (S/P) converter (e.g., SDI S/P converter, HDMI S/P converter, Ethernet S/P converter), a watermark detection engine, a watermark subtraction engine, a gamma-to-linear converter (e.g., 1 ⁇ 2 gamma-to-linear converter), an xy de-scaler, a u'v' de-scaler, at least one sampling converter (e.g., 4:2:2 or 4:2:0 to 4:4:4 converter), at least one Yxy-to-XYZ converter, at least one Yu'v'-to-XYZ converter, a gamma library (e.g., linear, 2.2, 2.35, 2.4, 2.6, HLG, PQ, custom), an X
  • X'Y'Z' output includes a non-linear function (e.g., 1 ⁇ 2 gamma) applied to XYZ data.
  • the processed image data is operable to bypass any combination of processing stages and/or components in the decoder.
  • the decoder operations port is operable to connect to a decoder control system (e.g., via a micro universal serial bus (USB) or equivalent).
  • the decoder control system is operable to select the at least one decoder input, perform functions for the flash memory player (e.g., play, stop, forward, fast forward, rewind, fast rewind, frame selection), turn watermark detection on or off, add or modify the gamma library and/or look-up table selection, add or modify the XYZ-to-RGB library and/or look-up table selection, load data to the at least one custom decoder LUT, select bypass of one or more of the custom decoder LUT, and/or modify the Ethernet SDP.
  • the gamma library preferably takes linear data and applies at least one non-linear function to the linear data.
  • the at least non-linear function includes, but is not limited to, at least one standard gamma (e.g., those used in standard dynamic range (SDR) and high definition range (HDR) formats) and/or at least one custom gamma.
  • the output of the gamma library is fed to the XYZ-to-RGB library, where tables are included to map the XYZ data to a standard RGB or YCbCr output format.
  • the output of the gamma library bypasses the XYZ-to-RGB library. This bypass leaves an output of XYZ data with a gamma applied.
  • an input to the decoder does not include full pixel sampling (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1).
  • the at least one sampling converter is operable to take subsampled images and convert the subsampled images to full 4:4:4 sampling.
  • the 4:4:4 Yxy image data is then converted to XYZ using the at least one Yxy-to-XYZ converter.
  • the 4:4:4 Yu'v' image data is then converted to XYZ using the Yu'v' using the at least one Yu'v'-to-XYZ converter.
  • Image data is then converted from a parallel form to a serial stream.
  • the at least one SDI output includes more than one SDI output.
  • this allows for output over multiple links (e.g., System 3).
  • the at least one SDI output includes a first SDI output and a second SDI output.
  • the first SDI output is used to transport a first set of color channel data (e.g., RGB) and the second SDI output is used to transport a second set of color channel data (e.g., CMY).
  • the watermark detection engine detects the digital watermark.
  • a pattern of the digital watermark is loaded to the decoder using the operations programming port.
  • the decoder configuration CPU is operable to turn the watermark detection engine on and off.
  • the watermark subtraction engine removes the digital watermark from image data before formatting for display on the at least one viewing device.
  • the decoder configuration CPU is operable to allow bypass of the watermark subtraction engine, which will leave the digital watermark on an output image.
  • the decoder requires the digital watermark in the processed image data sent from the encoder to provide the at least one decoder output.
  • the decoder does not send color channel data to the at least one viewing device if the digital watermark is not provide the at least one decoder output without the digital watermark in the processed image data sent from the encoder.
  • an image displayed on the at least one viewing device preferably includes a visible watermark.
  • output from the watermark subtraction process includes luminance data including a non-linearity (e.g., 1 ⁇ 2 gamma).
  • Non-linear luminance data i.e., luma
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT includes a 9-column LUT.
  • the 9-column LUT includes 3 columns for a legacy RGB output (e.g., Rec.709, Rec.2020, P3) and 6 columns for a 6P multi-primary display (e.g., RGBCMY). Other numbers of columns (e.g., 7 columns) and alternative multi-primary displays (e.g., RGBC) are compatible with the present invention.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT (e.g., the 9-column LUT) is operable to produce output values using tetrahedral interpolation.
  • tetrahedral interpolation uses a smaller volume of color space to determine the output values, resulting in more accurate color channel data.
  • each of the tetrahedrons used in the tetrahedral interpolation includes a neutral diagonal.
  • this embodiment works even with having less than 6 color channels.
  • a 4P output e.g., RGBC
  • a 5P output e.g., RGBCY
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is operable to produce output value using cubic interpolation.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is preferably operable to accept linear XYZ data.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is a multi-column LUT.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is required, the decoder configuration CPU is operable to bypass the at least one custom decoder LUT.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is operable to be used for streamlined HDMI transport.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is a 3D LUT.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is operable to take in a 3-column input (e.g., RGB, XYZ) and produce an output of greater than three columns (e.g., RGBC, RGBCY, RGBCMY).
  • this system only requires 3 channels of data as the input to the at least one custom decoder LUT.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT applies a gamma function and/or a curve to produce a linear output.
  • the at least one custom decoder LUT is a trimming LUT.
  • the at least one decoder formatter is operable to organize a serial stream as a proper format for the at least one output.
  • the decoder includes a corresponding decoder formatter for each of the at least one decoder output. For example, if the decoder includes at least one HDMI output in the at least one decoder output, the decoder also includes at least one HDMI formatter in the at least one decoder formatter; if the decoder includes at least one SDI output in the at least one decoder output, the decoder also includes at least one SDI formatter in the at least one decoder formatter; if the decoder includes at least one Ethernet output in the at least one decoder output, the decoder also includes at least one Ethernet formatter in the at least one decoder formatter; and so forth.
  • the encoder and/or the decoder are operable to generate, insert, and/or recover metadata related to an image signal.
  • the metadata includes, but is not limited to, a color space (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C), an image transfer function (e.g., gamma, PQ, HLG, 1 ⁇ 2 gamma), a peak white value, and/or a signal format (e.g., RGB, Yxy, multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC)).
  • the metadata is inserted into SDI or ST2110 using ancillary InfoFrame (VSIF) data as part of the CTA 861 standard.
  • VSIF ancillary InfoFrame
  • the metadata is compatible with SMPTE ST 2110-10:2017, SMPTE ST 2110-20:2017, SMPTE ST 2110- 40:2018, SMPTE ST 352:2013, and/or SMPTE ST 352:2011, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • SMPTE ST 2110-10:2017, SMPTE ST 2110-20:2017, SMPTE ST 2110- 40:2018, SMPTE ST 352:2013, and/or SMPTE ST 352:2011 each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the present invention provides a display engine operable to interact with a graphics processing unit (GPU) and provide Yxy, XYZ, YUV, Yu'v', RGB, YCrCb, and/or IC T C P configured outputs.
  • the display engine and the GPU are on a video card.
  • the display engine and the GPU are embedded on a motherboard or a central processing unit (CPU) die.
  • the display engine and the GPU are preferably included in and/or connected to at least one viewing device (e.g., display, video game console, smartphone, etc.). Additional information related to GPUs are disclosed in U.S.
  • the GPU includes a render engine.
  • the render engine includes at least one render pipeline (RP), a programmable pixel shader, a programmable vector shader, a vector array processor, a curvature engine, and/or a memory cache.
  • the render engine is operable to interact with a memory controller interface, a command CPU, a host bus (e.g., peripheral component interconnect (PCI), PCI Express (PCIe), accelerated graphics port (AGP)), and/or an adaptive full frame anti-aliasing.
  • the memory controller interface is operable to interact with a display memory (e.g., double data rate (DDR) memory), a pixel cache, the command CPU, the host bus, and a display engine.
  • the command CPU is operable to exchange data with the display engine.
  • FIG.107 illustrates one embodiment of a display engine operable to interact with a graphics processing unit (GPU) according to the present invention.
  • the display engine operable to interact with the GPU is included on a video card.
  • the video card is operable to interface with a computer.
  • the video card is operable to be inserted into a connector (e.g., PCIe connector, PCI connector, accelerated graphics port (AGP) connector, etc.) located within a computer.
  • the computer includes a command central processing unit (CPU).
  • the command CPU is dedicated to communication between the video card and the computer core.
  • the command CPU is preferably operable to input instructions from an application programming interface (API).
  • API application programming interface
  • the command CPU is further operable to distribute appropriate commands to components in the video card.
  • the video card further includes a memory controller interface.
  • the memory controller interface is preferably a bus including hardware operable to manage which data is allowed on the bus and where the data is routed. together to allow scaling of graphics processing.
  • the plurality of video cards is linked with a PCIe connector. Other connectors are compatible with the plurality of video cards.
  • each of the plurality of video cards has the same technical specifications.
  • the API includes methods for scaling the graphics processing, and the command CPU is operable to distribute the graphics processing across the plurality of video cards.
  • the command CPU is operable to scale up the graphics processing as well as scale down the graphics processing based on processing demands and/or power demands of the system.
  • the display engine is operable to take rendered data from the GPU and convert the rendered data to a format operable to be displayed on at least one viewing device.
  • the display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller (e.g., XYZ video display controller, RGB video display controller, IC T C P video display controller), a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, a multi-column LUT with at least three columns (e.g., three-dimensional (3D) LUT (e.g., 129 3 LUT)), an XYZ-to- Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator (e.g., 1 ⁇ 2 gamma), a sampling selector, a video bus, and/or at least one output formatter and/or encoder (e.g., ST 2082, ST 2110, DisplayPort, HDMI).
  • video display controller e.g., XYZ video display controller, RGB video display controller, IC T C P video display controller
  • a color channel-to-XYZ converter e.g., RGB video
  • the color channel-to-XYZ converter includes an RGB-to-XYZ converter. Additionally or alternatively, the color channel-to-XYZ converter includes an ICTCP-to-XYZ converter and/or an ACES-to-XYZ converter.
  • the video bus is operable to receive input from a graphics display controller and/or at least one input device (e.g., a cursor, a mouse, a joystick, a keyboard, a videogame controller, etc.).
  • the video card is operable to connect through any number of lanes provided by hardware on the computer.
  • the video card is operable to communicate through a interface.
  • the communication interface is an API supported by the computer (e.g., OpenGL, Direct3D, OpenCL, Vulkan).
  • Image data in the form of vector data or bitmap data is output from the communication interface into the command CPU.
  • the communication interface is operable to notify the command CPU when image data is available.
  • the command CPU opens the bus bidirectional gate and instructs the memory controller interface to transmit the image data to a double data rate (DDR) memory.
  • the memory controller interface is operable to open a path from the DDR memory to allow the image data to pass to the GPU for rendering. After rendering, the image data is channeled back to the DDR for storage pending output processing by the display engine.
  • DDR double data rate
  • the command CPU instructs the memory controller interface to allow rendered image data to load into the raster scaler.
  • the command CPU loads the raster scaler with framing information.
  • the framing information includes, but is not limited to, a start of file (SOF) identifier, an end of file (EOF) identifier, a pixel count, a pixel order, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBCMY data), and/or a frame rate.
  • the framing information includes HDMI and/or DisplayPort (e.g., CTA 861 format) information.
  • EDID Extended Display Identification Data
  • the raster scaler provides output as image data formatted as a raster in the same format as the file which being read (e.g., RGB, XYZ, Yxy).
  • the output of the raster scaler is RGB data, XYZ data, or Yxy data.
  • the output of the raster scaler is Yu'v' data, ICTCP data, or ACES data.
  • the output of the raster scaler is sent to a graphics display controller.
  • the graphics display controller is operable to provide display information for a graphical user interface (GUI).
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the RGB video data includes, but is not limited to, synchronization data, an SOF, an EOF, a frame rate, a pixel order, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBCMY data), and/or a pixel count.
  • the raster data is limited to an RGB output that is operable to be transmitted to the at least one output formatter and/or encoder.
  • a separate path is included. The separate path is operable to provide outputs including, but not limited to, SMPTE SDI, Ethernet, DisplayPort, and/or HDMI to the at least one output formatter and/or encoder.
  • the at least one video display controller (e.g., RGB video display controller) is operable to limit and/or optimize video data for streaming and/or compression.
  • the RGB video display controller and the XYZ video display controller block image data from entering the video bus.
  • image data is provided by the raster scaler in the format provided by the file being played (e.g., RGB, multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY), XYZ, Yxy).
  • the raster scaler presets the XYZ video display controller as the format provided and contained within the raster size to be displayed.
  • non-linear information (e.g., OOTF) sent from the API through the command CPU is sent to the linear converter.
  • the linear converter is operable to use the non-linear information. For example, if the image data was authored using an OETF, then an inverse of the OETF is operable to be used by the linear converter, or, if the image information already has an EOTF applied, the inverse of the EOTF is operable to be used by the linear converter.
  • the linear converter develops an EOTF map to linearize input data (e.g., when EOTF data is available). In one embodiment, the linear converter uses an EOTF when already available.
  • the XYZ video display controller passes the image data in its native format (e.g., RGB, multi-primary data component.
  • the color channel-to-XYZ converter is operable to accept a native format (e.g., RGB, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBCMY), XYZ, Yxy) and convert to an XYZ format.
  • the XYZ format includes at least one chromatic adaptation (e.g., D60 to D65).
  • the XYZ video display controller uses data supplied from the command CPU, which obtains color gamut and white point specifications from the API to convert to an XYZ output.
  • a corresponding matrix or a look-up table is used to convert from the multi-primary system to XYZ.
  • the multi- primary system is RGBCMY (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C, S6Pa, S6Pb).
  • the color channel-to-XYZ converter formats the Yxy data back to XYZ data.
  • the color channel-to-XYZ converter is bypassed. For example, the color channel-to-XYZ converter is bypassed if there is a requirement to stay within a multi-primary system. Additionally, the color channel-to-XYZ converter is bypassed for XYZ data.
  • the input to the scaler and/or limiter is XYZ data or multi- primary data.
  • the multi-primary data includes, but is not limited to, RGBCMY (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C, S6Pa, S6Pb), RGBC, RG 1 G 2 B, RGBCW, RGBCY, RG 1 G 2 BW, RGBW R W G W B , or R 1 R 2 G 1 G 2 B 1 B 2 .
  • RGBCMY e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C, S6Pa, S6Pb
  • RGBC RG 1 G 2 B
  • RGBCW RGBCW
  • RGBCY RG 1 G 2 BW
  • RGBW R W G W B or R 1 R 2 G 1 G 2 B 1 B 2
  • Other multi-primary data formats are compatible with the present invention.
  • the scaler and/or limiter is operable to map out of gamut values (e.g., negative values) to in gamut values (e.g., out of gamut values developed in the process to convert to XYZ).
  • the scaler and/or limiter uses a gamut mapping algorithm to map out of gamut values to in gamut values.
  • the input to the scaler and/or limiter is multi-primary data and all channels are optimized to have values between 0 and 1. For example, if the input is RGBCMY data, all six channels are optimized to have values between 0 and 1.
  • the output of the scaler and/or limiter is operable to be placed into a three- includes one column for each channel.
  • the 3-D multi-column LUT includes six columns (i.e., one for each channel). Within the application feeding the API, each channel is operable to be selected to balance out the white point and/or shade the image toward one particular color channel.
  • the 3-D multi- column LUT is bypassed if the output of the scaler and/or limiter is XYZ data.
  • the output of the 3-D multi-column LUT is sent to the XYZ-to-Yxy converter, where a simple summation process is used to make the conversion.
  • the video data is RGBCMY
  • the XYZ-to-Yxy converter process is bypassed.
  • any tone curve can be added to the luminance (e.g., Y).
  • luminance e.g., Y
  • L*a*b* has a 1/3 gamma applied to all three channels.
  • IPT and IC T C P operate with a gamma in all three channels.
  • the tone curve is operable to be added to the luminance (e.g., Y) only, with the colorimetric coordinates (e.g., x and y channels, u' and v' channels) remaining linear.
  • the tone curve is operable to be anything (e.g., a non-linear function), including standard values currently used.
  • the tone curve is an EOTF (e.g., those described for television and/or digital cinema). Additionally or alternatively, the tone curve includes HDR modifications.
  • the output is handled through this process as three to six individual components (e.g., three components for Yxy or XYZ, six components for RGBCMY, etc.). Alternative number of primaries and components are compatible with the present invention. However, in some serial formats, this level of payload is too large.
  • the sampling selector sets a sampling structure (e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1).
  • the sampling selector is operable to subsample processed image data.
  • the sampling selector is preferably controlled by the command CPU.
  • the embodiment, the sampling selector also places each component in the correct serial data position as shown in Table 8 (supra).
  • the output of the sampling select is fed to the main video bus, which integrates SOF and EOF information into the image data. It then distributes this to the at least one output formatter and/or encoder.
  • the output is RGBCMY.
  • the RGBCMY output is configured as 4:4:4:4:4:4 data.
  • the format to the at least one viewing device includes, but is not limited to, SMPTE ST2082 (e.g., 3, 6, and 12G serial data output), SMPTE ST2110 (e.g., to move through ethernet), and/or CTA 861 (e.g., DisplayPort, HDMI).
  • the video card preferably has the appropriate connectors (e.g., DisplayPort, HDMI) for distribution through any external system (e.g., computer) and connection to at least one viewing device (e.g., monitor, television, etc.).
  • the at least one viewing device includes, but is not limited to, a smartphone, a tablet, a laptop screen, a light emitting diode (LED) display, an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a miniLED display, a microLED display, a liquid crystal display (LCD), a quantum dot display, a quantum nano emitting diode (QNED) device, a personal gaming device, a virtual reality (VR) device and/or an augmented reality (AR) device, an LED wall, a wearable display, and at least one projector.
  • the at least one viewing device is a single viewing device.
  • FIG.30 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system encode using a 4:4:4 sampling method.
  • DCI Version 1.2 Subjective testing during the development and implementation of the current digital cinema system showed that perceptible quantizing artifacts were not noticeable with system bit resolutions higher than 11 bits.
  • Current serial digital transport by lowering the bit limit to 11 bits (values 0 to 2047) for 12-bit serial systems or 9 bits (values 0 to 512) for 10-bit serial systems.
  • This process is accomplished by processing multi- primary (e.g., RGBCMY) video information through a standard Optical Electronic Transfer Function (OETF) (e.g., ITU-R BT.709-6), digitizing the video information as four samples per pixel, and quantizing the video information as 11-bit or 9-bit.
  • OETF Optical Electronic Transfer Function
  • the multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY) video information is processed through a standard Optical Optical Transfer Function (OOTF).
  • OOTF Optical Optical Transfer Function
  • the multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY) video information is processed through a Transfer Function (TF) other than OETF or OOTF.
  • TFs consist of two components, a Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) and a Phase Transfer Function (PTF).
  • MTF is a measure of the ability of an optical system to transfer various levels of detail from object to image. In one embodiment, performance is measured in terms of contrast (degrees of gray), or of modulation, produced for a perfect source of that detail level.
  • the PTF is a measure of the relative phase in the image(s) as a function of frequency. A relative phase change of 180°, for example, indicates that black and white in the image are reversed. This phenomenon occurs when the TF becomes negative.
  • MTF is measured using discrete frequency generation. In one embodiment, MTF is measured using continuous frequency generation.
  • MTF is measured using image scanning. In another embodiment, MTF is measured using waveform analysis.
  • the six-primary color system is for a 12-bit serial system. Current practices normally set black at bit value 0 and white at bit value 4095 for 12-bit video. In order to package six colors into the existing three-serial streams, the bit defining black is moved to bit value 2048. Thus, the new encode has RGB values starting at bit value starting at bit value 2047 for black and bit value 0 as white.
  • the six- primary color system is for a 10-bit serial system.
  • FIG.31 illustrates one embodiment for a method to package six channels of primary information into the three standard primary channels used in current serial video standards by modifying bit numbers for a 12-bit SDI and a 10-bit SDI.
  • FIG.32 illustrates a simplified diagram estimating perceived viewer sensation as code values define each hue angle.
  • TABLE 9 and TABLE 10 list bit assignments for computer, production, and broadcast for a 12-bit system and a 10-bit system, respectively.
  • “Computer” refers to bit assignments compatible with CTA 861-G, November 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • “Production” and/or “Broadcast” refer to bit assignments compatible with SMPTE ST 2082-0 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-1 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-10 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-11 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-12 (2016), SMPTE ST 2110-10 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-20 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-21 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-30 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-31 (2016), and/or SMPTE ST 2110-40 (2018), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-5, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-4, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-3, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-2, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In yet another embodiment, the OETF process is defined in ITU- R BT.709-1, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00344] In one embodiment, the encoder is a non-constant luminance encoder. In another embodiment, the encoder is a constant luminance encoder. [00345] SIX-PRIMARY COLOR PACKING/STACKING USING A 4:4:4 SAMPLING METHOD [00346] FIG.33 illustrates one embodiment for a method of stacking/encoding six-primary color information using a 4:4:4 video system.
  • FIG.34 illustrates one embodiment for a method of unstacking/decoding six- primary color information using a 4:4:4 video system.
  • the RGB channels and the non-RGB primary (e.g., CMY) channels are combined into one 12-bit word and sent to a standardized transport format.
  • the standardized transport format is SMPTE ST424 SDI.
  • the decode is for a non-constant luminance, six- primary color system.
  • an electronic optical transfer function (e.g., ITU-R BT.1886) coverts image data back to linear for display.
  • the EOTF is defined in ITU-R BT.1886 (2011), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • FIG.35 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 decoder.
  • System 2 uses sequential mapping to the standard transport format, so it includes a delay for the non-RGB (e.g., CMY) data.
  • the non-RGB (e.g., CMY) data is recovered in the decoder by delaying the RGB data. Since there is no stacking process, the full bit level video can be transported.
  • RGB delay could be removed and the process of mapping image data to the correct filter could be eliminated by assuming this delay with placement of the optical filter and the use of sequential filter colors.
  • Two methods can be used based on the type of optical filter used. Since this system is operating on a horizontal pixel sequence, some vertical compensation is required and pixels are rectangular. This can be either as a line double repeat using the same multi- primary (e.g., RGBCMY) data to fill the following line as shown in FIG.36, or could be separated as RGB on line one and non-RGB (e.g., CMY) on line two as shown in FIG.37.
  • RGBCMY multi- primary
  • FIG.38 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention for sending six primary colors to a standardized transport format using a 4:4:4 encoder according to System 2. Encoding is straight forward with a path for RGB sent directly to the transport format. RGB data is mapped to each even numbered data segment in the transport. Non-RGB (e.g., CMY) data is mapped to each odd numbered segment. Because different resolutions are used in all of the standardized transport formats, there must be identification for what they are so that the
  • RGB e.g., CMY
  • the identification is the same as currently used in each standardized transport function.
  • TABLE 11, TABLE 12, TABLE 13, and TABLE 14 list 16-bit assignments, 12-bit assignments, 10-bit assignments, and 8-bit assignments, respectively.
  • “Computer” refers to bit assignments compatible with CTA 861-G, November 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • “Production” and/or “Broadcast” refer to bit assignments compatible with SMPTE ST 2082-0 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-1 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-10 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-11 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-12 (2016), SMPTE ST 2110-10 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-20 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-21 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-30 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110- 31 (2016), and/or SMPTE ST 2110-40 (2018), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the decoding is 4:4:4 decoding.
  • the six- primary color decoder is in the signal path, where 11-bit values for RGB are arranged above bit value 2048, while non-RGB (e.g., CMY) levels are arranged below bit value 2047 as 11- bit. If the same data set is sent to a display and/or process that is not operable for six-primary color processing, the image data is assumed as black at bit value 0 as a full 12-bit word. Decoding begins by tapping image data prior to the unstacking process.
  • the packing/stacking process is for a six-primary color system using a 4:2:2 sampling method.
  • the standard method of converting from six primaries (e.g., RGBCMY) to a luminance and a set of color difference encoding and/or decoding process is compatible with transport through SMPTE ST 292-0 (2011), SMPTE ST 292-1 (2011, 2012, and/or 2018), SMPTE ST 292-2 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-1 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-2 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-3 (2010), SMPTE ST 2022-4 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-5 (2012 and/or 2013), SMPTE ST 2022-6 (2012), SMPTE ST 2022-7 (2013), and/or and CTA 861-G (2106), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • six primaries e.g., RGBCMY
  • an electronic luminance component (Y) must be derived.
  • the first component is: jI ⁇ # .
  • j I 0.1 I I I I I I ⁇ # 063j!kl + 0.23195j ⁇ kmmno + 0.3576jpqkkr + 0.19685j str + 0.0361j&muk + 0.0712jI vtwkrxt
  • at least two new color components are disclosed.
  • the at least two new color components include a method to compensate for luminance and enable the system to function with older Y Cb Cr infrastructures. In one embodiment, adjustments are made to Cb and Cr in a Y Cb Cr infrastructure since the related level of luminance is operable for division over more components.
  • These new components are as follows: I I I I I I I I I I j I ! [00362] Within such a system, it is not possible to define magenta as a wavelength. This is because the green vector in CIE 1976 passes into, and beyond, the CIE designated purple calculation, not as optical data. In one embodiment, both the camera side and the monitor side of the system use magenta filters.
  • the encoding process and/or decoding process is compatible with transport through SMPTE ST 292-0 (2011), SMPTE ST 292-1 (2011, 2012, and/or 2018), SMPTE ST 292-2 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-1 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-2 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-3 (2010), SMPTE ST 2022-4 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-5 (2012 and/or 2013), SMPTE ST 2022-6 (2012), SMPTE ST 2022-7 (2013), and/or and CTA 861-G (2106), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Current practices use a non-constant luminance path design, which is found in all the video systems currently deployed.
  • FIG.40 illustrates one embodiment of an encode channel designs.
  • FIG.40 illustrates 12-bit SDI and 10-bit SDI encoding for a 4:2:2 system.
  • TABLE 15 and TABLE 16 list bit assignments for a 12-bit and 10-bit system, respectively.
  • “Computer” refers to bit assignments compatible with CTA 861-G, November 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • “Production” and/or “Broadcast” refer to bit assignments compatible with SMPTE ST 2082-0 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-1 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-10 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-11 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-12 (2016), SMPTE ST 2110-10 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-20 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-21 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-30 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-31 (2016), and/or SMPTE ST 2110-40 (2018), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00367] TABLE 15: 12-Bit Assignments Computer Production Broadcast [00368] TABLE 16: 10-Bit Assignments P i B process for a six-primary color system.
  • the design of this process is similar to the designs used in current RGB systems.
  • Input video is sent to the Optical Electronic Transfer Function (OETF) process and then to the j ⁇ # encoder.
  • the output of this encoder includes all of the image detail information. In one embodiment, all of the image detail information is output as a monochrome image. [00370]
  • the output is then subtracted from j ! I , j & I , j I , and j ⁇ I to make the following color difference components: j I ! , j I & , j I , j I ⁇
  • These components are then half sampled (x2) while j ⁇ I # is fully sampled (x4).
  • FIG.42 illustrates one embodiment of a packaging process for a six-primary color system. These components are then sent to the packing/stacking process. Components j I ⁇ "GHF and j I " GHF are inverted so that bit 0 now defines peak luminance for the corresponding component. In one embodiment, this is the same packaging process performed with the 4:4:4 sampling method design, resulting in two 11-bit components combining into one 12-bit component. [00372] SIX-PRIMARY NON-CONSTANT LUMINANCE DECODE USING A 4:2:2 SAMPLING METHOD [00373] FIG.43 illustrates a 4:2:2 unstack process for a six-primary color system.
  • the image data is extracted from the serial format through the normal processes as defined by the serial data format standard.
  • the serial data format standard uses a 4:2:2 sampling structure.
  • the serial data format standard is SMPTE ST292.
  • the color difference components are separated and formatted back to valid 11-bit data.
  • Components j I ⁇ "GHF and j I " GHF are inverted so that bit value 2047 defines peak color luminance.
  • EOTF electronic optical function transfer
  • the individual color components, as well as j ⁇ I # ⁇ are inversely quantized and summed to breakout each individual color.
  • the decoding is 4:2:2 decoding. This decode follows the same principles as the 4:4:4 decoder. However, in 4:2:2 decoding, a luminance channel is used instead of discrete color channels. Here, image data is still taken prior to unstack from the j I & "GHF + j I ⁇ "GHF and j I ! "GHF + j I " GHF channels.
  • a new component called j " I ⁇
  • j " I ⁇ is used to subtract the luminance levels that are present from the CMY channels from the j I & "GHF + j I ⁇ "GHF and j I ! "GHF + j I " GHF components.
  • the resulting output is now the R and B image components of the EOTF process.
  • j " I ⁇ is also sent to the G matrix to convert the luminance and color difference components to a green output.
  • R’G’B’ is input to the EOTF process and output as GRGB, RRGB, and BRGB.
  • the decoder is a legacy RGB decoder for non-constant luminance systems.
  • the standard is SMPTE ST292. In one embodiment, the standard is SMPTE RP431-2. In one embodiment, the standard is ITU-R BT.2020. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE RP431-1. In another embodiment, the standard is ITU-R BT.1886. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST274. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST296. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST2084. In yet another embodiment, the standard is ITU-R BT.2100. In yet another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST424. In yet another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST425. In yet another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST2110.
  • FIG.45 illustrates one embodiment of a constant luminance encode for a six- primary color system.
  • FIG.46 illustrates one embodiment of a constant luminance decode for a six-primary color system.
  • the process for constant luminance encode and decode are very similar. The main difference being that the management of j ⁇ # is linear.
  • the encode and decode processes stack into the standard serial data streams in the same way as is present in a non-constant luminance, six-primary color system. In one embodiment, the stacker design is the same as with the non-constant luminance system.
  • System 2 operation is using a sequential method of mapping to the standard transport instead of the method in System 1 where pixel data is combined to two color primaries in one data set as an 11-bit word.
  • the advantage of System 1 is that there is no change to the standard transport.
  • the advantage of System 2 is that full bit level video can be transported, but at double the normal data rate.
  • the difference between the systems is the use of two Y channels in System 2. In one embodiment, Y RGB and Y CMY are used to define the luminance value for RGB as one group and CMY for the other. Alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention.
  • FIG.47 illustrates one example of 4:2:2 non-constant luminance encoding.
  • the encoder for System 2 takes the formatted color components in the same way as System 1. Two matrices are used to build two luminance channels. YRGB contains the CMY color primaries. A set of delays are used to sequence the proper channel for YRGB, YCMY, and the RBCY channels. Because the RGB and non-RGB (e.g., CMY) components are mapped at different time intervals, there is no requirement for a stacking process, and data is fed directly to the transport format.
  • CMY non-RGB
  • the Encoder for System 2 takes the formatted color components in the same way as System 1.
  • Two matrices are used to build two luminance channels: YRGB contains the luminance value for the RGB color primaries and YCMY contains the luminance value for the CMY color primaries. This sequences YRGB, CR, and CC channels into the even segments of the standardized transport and YCMY, CB, and CY into the odd numbered segments. Since there is no combining color primary channels, full bit levels can be used limited only by the design of the standardized transport method.
  • FIG.48 illustrates one embodiment of a non-constant luminance decoding system. Decoding uses timing synchronization from the format descriptor and start of video flags that are included in the payload ID, SDP, or EDID tables. This starts the pixel clock for each horizontal line to identify which set of components are routed to the proper part of the decoder. A pixel delay is used to realign the color primarily data of each subpixel.
  • FIG.49 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance encoding system.
  • FIG.50 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance decoding system.
  • the 4:2:0 format is widely used in H.262/MPEG-2, H.264/MPEG-4 Part 10 and VC-1 compression.
  • the process defined in SMPTE RP2050-1 provides a direct method to convert from a 4:2:2 sample structure to a 4:2:0 structure.
  • a 4:2:0 video decoder and encoder are connected via a 4:2:2 serial interface, the 4:2:0 data is decoded and converted to 4:2:2 by up-sampling the color difference component.
  • the 4:2:0 video encoder the 4:2:2 video data is converted to 4:2:0 video data by down-sampling the color difference component.
  • FIG.51 illustrates one embodiment of a raster encoding diagram of sample placements for a six-primary color 4:2:0 progressive scan system.
  • horizontal lines show the raster on a display matrix.
  • Vertical lines depict drive columns. The intersection of these is a pixel calculation. Data around a particular pixel is used to calculate color and brightness of the subpixels.
  • Each “X” shows placement timing of the j ⁇ # ⁇ sample.
  • the raster is an RGB raster. In another embodiment, the raster is a RGBCMY raster.
  • SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM BACKWARDS COMPATIBILITY [00395] By designing the color gamut within the saturation levels of standard formats and using inverse color primary positions, it is easy to resolve an RGB image with minimal processing. In one embodiment for six-primary encoding, image data is split across three color channels in a transport system.
  • the image data is read as six- primary data.
  • the image data is read as RGB data.
  • the axis of modulation for each channel is considered as values describing two colors (e.g., blue and yellow) for a six-primary system or as a single color (e.g., blue) for an RGB system. This is based on where black is referenced.
  • black is decoded at a mid-level value.
  • the same data stream is used, but black is referenced at bit zero, not a mid-level.
  • BT.709 the RGB values encoded are based on SMPTE RP431.
  • Two decoding methods are proposed. The first is a preferred method that uses very limited processing, negating any issues with latency. The second is a more straightforward method using a set of matrices at the end of the signal path to conform the 6P image to RGB.
  • the decoding is for a 4:4:4 system. In one embodiment, the assumption of black places the correct data with each channel. If the 6P decoder is in the signal path, 11-bit values for RGB are arranged above bit value 2048, while CMY level are arranged below bit value 2047 as 11-bit.
  • FIG.52 illustrates one embodiment of the six-primary color unstack process in a 4:2:2 video system.
  • Decoding starts by tapping image data prior to the unstacking process. The input to the 6P unstack will map as shown in FIG.53. The output of the 6P decoder will map as shown in FIG.54. This same data is sent uncorrected as the legacy RGB image data. The interpretation of the RGB decode will map as shown in FIG.55. [00400] Alternatively, the decoding is for a 4:2:2 system.
  • FIG.57 illustrates one embodiment of a non-constant luminance decoder with a legacy process.
  • the dotted box marked (1) shows the process where a new component called j p jI &"GHF + j I ⁇ "GHF and jI !GHF + jI "GHF components as shown in box (2).
  • the resulting output is now the R and B image components of the EOTF process.
  • j " I ⁇ is also sent to the G matrix to convert the luminance and color difference components to a green output as shown in box (3).
  • R’G’B’ is input to the EOTF process and output as G RGB, R RGB , and B RGB .
  • the decoder is a legacy RGB decoder for non-constant luminance systems.
  • the process is very similar with the exception that green is calculated as linear as shown in FIG.58.
  • SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM USING A MATRIX OUTPUT [00404]
  • the six-primary color system outputs a legacy RGB image.
  • FIG.59 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB image output at the end of the signal path.
  • the design logic of the C, M, and Y primaries is in that they are substantially equal in saturation and placed at substantially inverted hue angles compared to R, G, and B primaries, respectively.
  • substantially equal in saturation refers to a ⁇ 10% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively.
  • substantially equal in saturation covers additional percentage differences in saturation values falling within the ⁇ 10% difference range.
  • substantially equal in saturation further covers a ⁇ 7.5% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively; a ⁇ 5% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively; a ⁇ 2% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively; a ⁇ 1% difference in saturation values for primaries, respectively; and/or a ⁇ 0.5% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively.
  • the C, M, and Y primaries are equal in saturation to the R, G, and B primaries, respectively.
  • the cyan primary is equal in saturation to the red primary
  • the magenta primary is equal in saturation to the green primary
  • the yellow primary is equal in saturation to the blue primary.
  • the saturation values of the C, M, and Y primaries are not required to be substantially equal to their corollary primary saturation value among the R, G, and B primaries, but are substantially equal in saturation to a primary other than their corollary R, G, or B primary value.
  • substantially inverted hue angles refers to a ⁇ 10% angle range from an inverted hue angle (e.g., 180 degrees).
  • substantially inverted hue angles cover additional percentage differences within the ⁇ 10% angle range from an inverted hue angle.
  • substantially inverted hue angles further covers a ⁇ 7.5% angle range from an inverted hue angle, a ⁇ 5% angle range from an inverted hue angle, a ⁇ 2% angle range from an inverted hue angle, a ⁇ 1% angle range from an inverted hue angle, and/or a ⁇ 0.5% angle range from an inverted hue angle.
  • the C, M, and Y primaries are placed at inverted hue angles (e.g., 180 degrees) compared to the R, G, and B primaries, respectively.
  • the gamut is the SMPTE RP431-2 gamut.
  • the unstack process includes output as six, 11-bit color channels that are separated and delivered to a decoder.
  • XYZ values represent additive color space values
  • Additive color space refers to the concept of describing a color by stating the amounts of primaries that, when combined, create light of that color.
  • FIG.60 illustrates one embodiment of six-primary color output using a non-constant luminance decoder.
  • FIG.61 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB process within a six-primary color system.
  • the design of this matrix is a modification of the CIE process to convert RGB to XYZ.
  • the gamut is ITU-R BT.709-6.
  • RGBCMY values for an ITU-R BT.709-6 (6P-B) gamut are: é J K ⁇ ù ê ⁇ 0.640 0.330 0.030 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ [ v [ o [00414]
  • SMPTE RP431-2 (6P-C) color gamut the white point is D60: 0.95 ⁇ . ⁇ ( 0.3 0 0.3 8 0.337 [00416] Following the white point conversion, a calculation is required for RGB saturation values, S R , S G , and S B .
  • the results from the second operation are inverted and multiplied with the white point XYZ values.
  • the color gamut used is an ITU-R BT.709-6 color gamut.
  • the color gamut is a SMPTE RP431-2 color gamut.
  • PACKING A SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM INTO ICTCP [00423] ICTCP (ITP) is a color representation format specified in the Rec.
  • ITU-R BT.2100 standard that is used as a part of the color image pipeline in video and digital photography systems for high dynamic range (HDR) and wide color gamut (WCG) imagery.
  • the I CP are blue-yellow (“tritanopia”) and red-green (“protanopia”) chroma components.
  • the format is derived from an associated RGB color space by a coordination transformation that includes two matrix transformations and an intermediate non-linear transfer function, known as a gamma pre-correction.
  • the transformation produces three signals: I, CT, and CP.
  • the ITP transformation can be used with RGB signals derived from either the perceptual quantizer (PQ) or hybrid log-gamma (HLG) nonlinearity functions.
  • FIG.62 illustrates one embodiment of packing six-primary color system image data into an ICTCP (ITP) format.
  • ICTCP ICTCP
  • RGB image data is converted to an XYZ matrix.
  • the XYZ matrix is then converted to an LMS matrix.
  • the LMS matrix is then sent to an optical electronic transfer function (OETF).
  • OETF optical electronic transfer function
  • FIG.63 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system converting RGBCMY image data into XYZ image data for an ITP format (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C).
  • RGB to XYZ matrix For a six- primary color system, this is modified by replacing the RGB to XYZ matrix with a process to convert RGBCMY to XYZ. This is the same method as described in the legacy RGB process.
  • the new matrix is as follows for an ITU-R BT.709-6 (6P-B) color gamut: é 271 0.677 0.002 ⁇ ù N 0.
  • RGBCMY data based on an ITU-R BT.709-6 color gamut, is converted to an XYZ matrix.
  • the resulting XYZ matrix is converted to an LMS matrix, which is sent to an OETF. Once processed by the OETF, the LMS matrix is converted to an ITP matrix.
  • the resulting ITP matrix is as follows: 0 .5 0.5 0 ⁇ 1.614 ⁇ 3.323 1.710 ⁇ 4 .378 ⁇ 4.246 ⁇ 0.135
  • the LMS matrix is sent to an Optical Optical Transfer Function (OOTF).
  • the LMS matrix is sent to a Transfer Function other than OOTF or OETF.
  • the RGBCMY data is based on the SMPTE ST431-2 (6P- C) color gamut.
  • the resulting ITP matrix is: 0 .5 0.5 0 ⁇ 1.614 ⁇ 3.323 1.710 ⁇ 4 .378 ⁇ 4.246 ⁇ 0.135 [00429]
  • the decode process uses the standard ITP decode process, as the S R S G S B cannot be easily inverted.
  • the system is operable to convert image data incorporating five primary colors.
  • the five primary colors include Red (R), Green (G), Blue (G), Cyan (C), and Yellow (Y), collectively referred to as RGBCY.
  • the five primary colors include Red (R), Green (G), Blue (B), Cyan (C), and Magenta (M), collectively referred to as RGBCM.
  • the five primary colors do not include Magenta (M).
  • the five primary colors include Red (R), Green (G), Blue (B), Cyan (C), and Orange (O), collectively referred to as RGBCO.
  • RGBCO primaries provide optimal spectral characteristics, transmittance characteristics, and makes use of a D65 white point. See, e.g., Moon-Cheol Kim et al., Wide Color Gamut Five Channel Multi-Primary for HDTV Application, Journal of Imaging Sci. & Tech. Vol.49, No.6, Nov./Dec.2005, at 594- 604, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a gamut volume is calculated for a set of given control vectors on the gamut boundary. The control vectors are converted into CIELAB uniform color space.
  • the matrix inversion requires splitting the color gamut into a specified number of pyramids, with the base of each pyramid representing an outer surface and where the control vectors are calculated using linear pyramids, the conversion process is normalized.
  • a decision tree is created in order to determine which set of primaries are best to define a specified color.
  • a specified color is defined by multiple sets of primaries.
  • 2D chromaticity look-up tables are used, with corresponding pyramid numbers for input chromaticity values in xy or u’v’.
  • Typical methods using pyramids require 1000 x 1000 address ranges in order to properly search the boundaries of adjacent pyramids with look-up table memory.
  • the system of the present invention uses a combination of parallel processing for adjacent pyramids and at least one algorithm for verifying solutions by checking constraint conditions.
  • the system uses a parallel computing algorithm.
  • the system uses a sequential algorithm.
  • the system uses a brightening image transformation algorithm.
  • the system uses a darkening image transformation algorithm.
  • the system uses an inverse sinusoidal contrast transformation algorithm.
  • the system uses a hyperbolic tangent contrast transformation algorithm.
  • the system uses a sine contrast transformation execution times algorithm.
  • the system uses a linear feature extraction algorithm.
  • the system uses a JPEG2000 encoding algorithm.
  • the system uses a parallelized arithmetic algorithm. In yet another embodiment, the system uses an algorithm other than those previously mentioned. In yet another embodiment, the system uses any combination of the aforementioned algorithms. [00435] MAPPING A SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM INTO STANDARDIZED TRANSPORT FORMATS [00436] Each encode and/or decode system fits into existing video serial data streams that have already been established and standardized. This is key to industry acceptance. Encoder to these standard serial formats. [00437] FIG.64 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system mapping to a SMPTE ST424 standard serial format.
  • the SMPTE ST424/ST425 set of standards allow very high sampling systems to be passed through a single cable. This is done by using alternating data streams, each containing different components of the image. For use with a six-primary color system transport, image formats are limited to RGB due to the absence of a method to send a full bandwidth Y signal. [00438] The process for mapping a six-primary color system to a SMPTE ST425 format is the same as mapping to a SMPTE ST424 format.
  • FIG.65 illustrates one embodiment of an SMPTE 4246P readout.
  • System 2 requires twice the data rate as System 1, so it is not compatible with SMPTE 424. However, it maps easily into SMPTE ST2082 using a similar mapping sequence. In one example, System 2 is used to have the same data speed defined for 8K imaging to show a 4K image.
  • sub-image and data stream mapping occur as shown in SMPTE ST2082.
  • An image is broken into four sub-images, and each sub-image is broken up into two data streams (e.g., sub-image 1 is broken up into data stream 1 and data stream 2).
  • the data streams are put through a multiplexer and then sent to the interface as shown in FIG. 66.
  • FIG.67 and FIG.68 illustrate serial digital interfaces for a six-primary color system using the SMPTE ST2082 standard.
  • the six-primary color system streams 1, 3, 5, and 7 follow the pattern shown for data stream 1.
  • Data streams 2, 4, 6, and 8 follow the pattern shown for data stream 2.
  • the six-primary color system data is YRGB YCMY CR CB CC CY data, which is mapped to the SMPTE ST2082 standard (FIG. 68).
  • Data streams 1, 3, 5, and 7 follow the pattern shown for data stream 1.
  • Data streams 2, 4, 6, and 8 follow the pattern shown for data stream 2.
  • the standard serial format is SMPTE ST292.
  • SMPTE ST292 is an older standard than ST424 and is a single wire format for 1.5GB video, whereas ST424 is designed for up to 3GB video.
  • ST292 can identify the payload ID of SMPTE ST352, it is constrained to only accepting an image identified by a hex value, 0h. All other values are ignored.
  • a component video six-primary color system incorporates a full bit level luminance component.
  • To fit a six-primary color system into a SMPTE ST292 stream involves the following substitutions: j ⁇ I # "GHF is placed in the Y data segments, j I ⁇ "GHF + j I s "GHF is placed in the Cb data segments, and j I q "GHF + j I ⁇ "GHF is placed in the Cr data segments.
  • the standard serial format is SMPTE ST352.
  • SMPTE ST292 and ST424 Serial Digital Interface (SDI) formats include payload identification (ID) metadata to help the receiving device identify the proper image parameters.
  • ID payload identification
  • FIG.69 illustrates one embodiment of an SMPTE ST2926P mapping.
  • FIG.70 illustrates one embodiment of an SMPTE ST2926P readout. color system. Hex code “Bh” identifies a constant luminance source and flag “Fh” indicates the presence of a six-primary color system. In one embodiment, Fh is used in combination with at least one other identifier located in byte 3.
  • the Fh flag is set to 0 if the image data is formatted as System 1 and the Fh flag is set to 1 if the image data is formatted as System 2.
  • the standard serial format is SMPTE ST2082. Where a six-primary color system requires more data, it may not always be compatible with SMPTE ST424. However, it maps easily into SMPTE ST2082 using the same mapping sequence. This usage would have the same data speed defined for 8K imaging in order to display a 4K image.
  • the standard serial format is SMPTE ST2022. Mapping to ST2022 is similar to mapping to ST292 and ST242, but as an ETHERNET format.
  • RTP Real-time Transport Protocol
  • IETF Internet Engineering Task Force
  • RTTP provides end- to-end network transport functions suitable for applications transmitting real-time data, including, but not limited to, audio, video, and/or simulation data, over multicast or unicast network services.
  • the data transport is augmented by a control protocol (RTCP) to allow monitoring of the data delivery in a manner scalable to large multicast networks, and to provide control and identification functionality.
  • RTCP control protocol
  • FIG.72 illustrates one embodiment of a modification for a six-primary color system using the SMPTE ST2202 standard.
  • SMPTE ST2202-6:2012 HBRMT
  • ST2022 relies on header within the payload header using the video source format fields including, but not limited to, MAP, FRAME, FRATE, and/or SAMPLE.
  • MAP, FRAME, and FRATE remain as described in the standard.
  • MAP is used to identify if the input is ST292 or ST425 (RGB or Y Cb Cr).
  • SAMPLE is operable for modification to identify that the image is formatted as a six-primary color system image.
  • the image data is sent using flag “0h” (unknown/unspecified).
  • the standard is SMPTE ST2110.
  • SMPTE ST2110 is a relatively new standard and defines moving video through an Internet system. The standard is based on development from the IETF and is described under RFC3550. Image data is described through “pgroup” construction. Each pgroup consists of an integer number of octets.
  • a sample definition is RGB or YCbCr and is described in metadata.
  • the metadata format uses a Session Description Protocol (SDP) format.
  • SDP Session Description Protocol
  • pgroup construction is defined for 4:4:4, 4:2:2, and 4:2:0 sampling as 8- bit, 10-bit, 12-bit, and in some cases 16-bit and 16-bit floating point wording.
  • six-primary color image data is limited to a 10-bit depth.
  • six-primary color image data is limited to a 12-bit depth.
  • 4:4:4 sampling for blue is described as C0’B, C1’B, C2’B, C3’B, and C4’B. The lowest number index being left most within the image.
  • the method of substitution is the same method used to map six-primary color content into the ST2110 standard.
  • the standard is SMPTE ST2110.
  • SMPTE ST2110-20 describes the construction for each pgroup.
  • six-primary color system content arrives for mapping as non-linear data for the SMPTE ST2110 standard.
  • SMPTE ST2110 standard is another SMPTE ST2110 standard.
  • FIG.73 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 10-bit video system. For 4:4:410-bit video, 15 octets are used and cover 4 pixels.
  • FIG.74 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 12-bit video system. For 4:4:412-bit video, 9 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • Non-linear RGBCMY image data would arrive as: ⁇ I I I I GHF + ⁇ GHF , ⁇ GHF + ⁇ GHF , and ⁇ I GHF + ⁇ I GHF .
  • FIG.75 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:2 sampling systems in a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space.
  • Components are delivered to a 4:2:2 pgroup including, but not limited to, j ⁇ I ⁇ "GHF , j I ⁇ "GHF + j I s "GHF , and j I q "GHF + j I ⁇ "GHF .
  • 4:2:210-bit video 5 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • 4:2:212-bit video 6 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • Component substitution follows what has been described for SMPTE ST292, where j ⁇ I ⁇ "GHF is placed in the Y data segments, j I ⁇ "GHF + j I s "GHF is placed in the Cb data segments, and j I q "GHF + j I ⁇ "GHF is placed in the Cr data segments.
  • the sequence described in the standard is shown as Cb0’, Y0’, Cr0’, Y1’, Cr1’, Y3’, Cb2’, Y4’, Cr2’, Y5’, etc.
  • the video data is represented at a bit level other than 10-bit or 12-bit.
  • the sampling system is a sampling system other than 4:2:2.
  • the standard is STMPE ST2110. 4:2:2 sampling system image. This follows the substitutions illustrated in FIG.75, using a 4:2:2 sampling system.
  • FIG.77 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:0 sampling systems using a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space. Components are delivered to a pgroup including, but not limited to, j ⁇ I ⁇ "GHF , j I ⁇ "GHF + j I s "GHF , and j I q "GHF + j I ⁇ "GHF .
  • 15 octets are used and cover 8 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • FIG.78 illustrates sample placements of six-primary system components for a 4:2:0 sampling system image.
  • FIG.79 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video.
  • SMPTE ST2110-20 describes the construction of each “pgroup”. Normally, six-primary color system data and/or content would arrive for mapping as non- linear. However, with the present system there is no restriction on mapping data and/or content.
  • 4:4:4 10-bit video, 15 octets are used and cover 4 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • Non-linear, six-primary color system image data would arrive as ⁇ I I I GHF , ⁇ GHF , ⁇ GHF , ⁇ I ⁇ I F , and ⁇ I GHF .
  • the sequence described in the standard is shown as R0’, G0’, B0’, R1’, G1’, B1’, etc.
  • FIG.80 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video.
  • FIG.81 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six primary color system in 4:2:2 video.
  • Components that are delivered to a SMPTE ST2110 pgroup include, but are not limited to, j ⁇ I q w ⁇ "GHF , j ⁇ I ⁇ s ⁇ "GHF , j I ⁇ "GHF , j I q "GHF , j I s “GHF , and j I ⁇ "GHF .
  • 10-bit video 5 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • 4:2:2:2:2 12-bit video, 6 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • FIG.82 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:2:0 video.
  • Components that are delivered to a SMPTE ST2110 pgroup are the same as with the 4:2:2 method.
  • For 4:2:0 10-bit video, 15 octets are used and cover 8 pixels before restarting the sequence.
  • Component substitution follows what is described for SMPTE ST292, where j ⁇ I q w ⁇ "GHF or j ⁇ I ⁇ s ⁇ "GHF are placed in the Y data segments, j I q "GHF or j I ⁇ "GHF are placed in the Cr data segments, and j I ⁇ "GHF or j I s "GHF are placed in the Cb data segments.
  • the sequence described in the standard is shown as Y’00, Y’01, Y’, etc.
  • Table 17 summarizes mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:2:2:2 and 4:2:0:2:0 sampling for System 1 and Table 18 summaries mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:4:4:4:4 sampling (linear and non-linear) for System 1. [00463] TABLE 17
  • SDP parameters are contained within the media format and transport protocol. This payload information is transmitted as text. Therefore, modifications for the additional sampling identifiers requires the addition of new parameters for the sampling statement.
  • SDP parameters include, but are not limited to, color channel data, image data, framerate data, a sampling standard, a flag indicator, an active picture size code, a timestamp, a clock frequency, a frame count, a scrambling indicator, and/or a video format indicator.
  • the additional parameters include, but are not limited to, RGBCMY-4:4:4, YBRCY-4:2:2, and YBRCY-4:2:0.
  • the additional parameters include, but are not limited to, CLYBRCY-4:2:2 and CLYBRCY-4:2:0.
  • differentiation is included with the colorimetry identifier in one embodiment.
  • 6PB1 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to ITU-R BT.709 formatted as System 1
  • 6PB2 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to ITU-R BT.709 formatted as System 2
  • 6PB3 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to ITU-R BT.709 formatted as System 3
  • 6PC1 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to SMPTE RP 431-2 formatted as System 1
  • 6PC2 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to SMPTE RP 431-2 formatted as System 2
  • 6PC3 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to SMPTE RP 431-2 formatted as System 3
  • 6PS1 defines 6P with a color gamut as Super 6P formatted as System 1
  • 6PS2 defines 6P with
  • Colorimetry can also be defined between a six-primary color system using the ITU-R BT.709-6 standard and the SMPTE ST431-2 standard, or colorimetry can be left defined as is standard for the desired standard.
  • the six-primary color system is integrated with a Consumer Technology Association (CTA) 861-based system.
  • CTA-861 establishes protocols, requirements, and recommendations for the utilization of uncompressed digital interfaces by consumer electronics devices including, but not limited to, digital televisions (DTVs), digital cable, satellite or terrestrial set-top boxes (STBs), and related peripheral devices including, but not limited to, DVD players and/or recorders, and other related Sources or Sinks.
  • DTVs digital televisions
  • STBs satellite or terrestrial set-top boxes
  • peripheral devices including, but not limited to, DVD players and/or recorders, and other related Sources or Sinks.
  • TMDS transition- minimized differential signaling
  • TMDS is a technology for transmitting high- speed serial data and is used by the Digital Visual Interface (DVI) and High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) video interfaces, as well as other digital communication interfaces.
  • TMDS is similar to low-voltage differential signaling (LVDS) in that it uses differential signaling to reduce electromagnetic interference (EMI), enabling faster signal transfers with increased accuracy.
  • EMI electromagnetic interference
  • TMDS uses a twisted pair for noise reduction, rather than a coaxial cable that is conventional for carrying video signals. Similar to LVDS, data is transmitted serially over the data link. When transmitting video data, and using HDMI, three TMDS twisted pairs are used to transfer video data. [00474] In such a system, each pixel packet is limited to 8 bits only.
  • AVI Infoframe Data is shown in Table 10 of CTA 861-G.
  • FIG.83 illustrates the current RGB sampling structure for 4:4:4 sampling video data transmission.
  • FIG.84 illustrates a six-primary color sampling structure, RGBCMY, using System 1 for 4:4:4 sampling video data transmission.
  • the six-primary color sampling structure complies with CTA 861-G, November 2016, Consumer Technology example of System 2 to RGBCMY 4:4:4 transmission.
  • FIG.86 illustrates current Y Cb Cr 4:2:2 sampling transmission as non-constant luminance.
  • FIG.87 illustrates a six-primary color system (System 1) using Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 sampling transmission as non-constant luminance.
  • FIG.88 illustrates an example of a System 2 to Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 Transmission as non-constant luminance.
  • the Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 sampling transmission complies with CTA 861-G, November 2016, Consumer Technology Association.
  • FIG.89 illustrates current Y Cb Cr 4:2:0 sampling transmission.
  • FIG.90 illustrates a six-primary color system (System 1) using Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:0 sampling transmission.
  • HDMI sampling systems include Extended Display Identification Data (EDID) metadata.
  • EDID Extended Display Identification Data
  • EDID metadata describes the capabilities of a display device to a video source.
  • the data format is defined by a standard published by the Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA).
  • VESA Video Electronics Standards Association
  • the EDID data structure includes, but is not limited to, manufacturer name and serial number, product type, phosphor or filter type, timings supported by the display, display size, luminance data, and/or pixel mapping data.
  • the EDID data structure is modifiable and modification requires no additional hardware and/or tools.
  • DDC display data channel
  • VESA has assigned extensions for EDID.
  • extensions include, but are not limited to, timing extensions (00), additional time data black (CEA EDID Timing Extension (02)), video timing block extensions (VTB-EXT (10)), EDID 2.0 extension (20), microdisplay interface extension (MI-EXT (60)), display ID extension (70), display transfer characteristics data block (DTCDB (A7, AF, BF)), block map (F0), display device data block (DDDB (FF)), and/or extension defined by monitor manufacturer (FF).
  • SDP parameters include data corresponding to a payload identification (ID) and/or EDID information.
  • FIG.91 illustrates a dual stack LCD projection system for a six-primary color system.
  • the display is comprised of a dual stack of projectors. This display uses two projectors stacked on top of one another or placed side by side. Each projector is similar, with the only difference being the color filters in each unit. Refresh and pixel timings are synchronized, enabling a mechanical alignment between the two units so that each pixel overlays the same position between projector units.
  • the two projectors are Liquid-Crystal Display (LCD) projectors.
  • the two projectors are Digital Light Processing (DLP) projectors.
  • DLP Digital Light Processing
  • the two projectors are Liquid-Crystal on Silicon (LCOS) projectors. In yet another embodiment, the two projectors are Light-Emitting Diode (LED) projectors.
  • the display is comprised of a single projector.
  • a single projector six-primary color system requires the addition of a second cross block assembly for the additional colors.
  • One embodiment of a single projector e.g., single LCD projector is shown in FIG.92.
  • a single projector six-primary color system includes a cyan dichroic mirror, an orange dichroic mirror, a blue dichroic mirror, a red dichroic mirror, and two additional standard mirrors.
  • the single projector six-primary color system includes at least six mirrors. In another embodiment, the single projector six-primary color system includes at least two cross block assembly units. reciprocal mirrors.
  • the display is comprised of a single projector unit working in combination with at first set of at least six reciprocal mirrors, a second set of at least six reciprocal mirrors, and at least six LCD units. Light from at least one light source emits towards the first set of at least six reciprocal mirrors. The first set of at least six reciprocal mirrors reflects light towards at least one of the at least six LCD units.
  • the at least six LCD units include, but are not limited to, a Green LCD, a Yellow LCD, a Cyan, LCD, a Red LCD, a Magenta LCD, and/or a Blue LCD.
  • Output from each of the at least six LCDs is received by the second set of at least six reciprocal mirrors.
  • Output from the second set of at least six reciprocal mirrors is sent to the single projector unit.
  • Image data output by the single projector unit is output as a six-primary color system.
  • more than one projector is used.
  • the display is comprised of a dual stack Digital Micromirror Device (DMD) projector system.
  • DMD Digital Micromirror Device
  • FIG.94 illustrates one embodiment of a dual stack DMD projector system.
  • the dual stack DMD projector system uses a spinning wheel filter.
  • the dual stack DMD projector system uses phosphor technology.
  • the filter systems are illuminated by a xenon lamp.
  • the filter system uses a blue laser illuminator system. Filter systems in one projector are RGB, while the second projector uses a CMY filter set. The wheels for each projector unit are synchronized using at least one of an input video sync or a projector to projector sync, and timed so that the inverted colors are output of each projector at the same time.
  • the projectors are phosphor wheel systems.
  • a yellow phosphor wheel spins in time with a DMD imager to output sequential RG.
  • the second projector is designed the same, but uses a cyan phosphor wheel.
  • the output from this Magenta is developed by synchronizing the yellow and cyan wheels to overlap the flashing DMD.
  • the display is a single DMD projector solution.
  • a single DMD device is coupled with an RGB diode light source system.
  • the DMD projector uses LED diodes.
  • the DMD projector includes CMY diodes.
  • the DMD projector creates CMY primaries using a double flashing technique.
  • FIG.95 illustrates one embodiment of a single DMD projector solution.
  • FIG.96 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system using a white OLED display.
  • the display is a white OLED monitor.
  • Current emissive monitor and/or television designs use a white emissive OLED array covered by a color filter. Changes to this type of display only require a change to pixel indexing and new six color primary filters. Different color filter arrays are used, placing each subpixel in a position that provides the least light restrictions, color accuracy, and off axis display.
  • FIG.97 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter array for a white OLED display.
  • FIG.98 illustrates one embodiment of a matrix of an LCD drive for a six-primary color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor.
  • the display is a backlight illuminated LCD display.
  • the design of an LCD display involves adding the CMY subpixels. Drives for these subpixels are similar to the RGB matrix drives. With the advent of 8K LCD televisions, it is technically feasible to change the matrix drive and optical filter and have a 4K six-primary color TV.
  • FIG.99 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter array for a six-primary color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor.
  • the optical filter array includes the additional CMY subpixels.
  • the design for a direct emissive assembled display includes a matrix of color emitters grouped as a six-color system. Individual channel inputs drive each Quantum Dot (QD) element illuminator and/or micro LED element. [00495]
  • FIG.100 illustrates an array for a Quantum Dot (QD) display device.
  • FIG.101 illustrates one embodiment of an array for a six-primary color system for use with a direct emissive assembled display.
  • the present invention provides a system for encoding and decoding an image signal including an encoder, wherein the encoder includes at least one encoder processor, at least one encoder memory, at least one encoder input, and at least one encoder output, a decoder, wherein the decoder includes at least one decoder processor, at least one decoder memory, at least one decoder input, and at least one decoder output, and at least one viewing device, wherein the encoder and the decoder are in network communication, wherein the decoder and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the at least one encoder input is image data related to the image signal, wherein the encoder is operable to process the at least one encoder input, thereby creating the at least one encoder output, wherein the at least one encoder output is Yxy data, wherein the at least one encoder output is transmitted to the decoder, thereby creating the at least one decoder input, wherein the decoder is operable to process
  • the encoder further includes a watermark engine, and wherein the watermark engine is operable to modify the at least one encoder input to include a digital watermark.
  • the decoder further includes a watermark detection engine and a watermark watermark, and wherein the watermark subtraction engine is operable to remove the digital watermark.
  • the encoder further includes an encoder flash card reader and/or the decoder further includes a decoder flash card reader.
  • the encoder further includes a gamma function, wherein the decoder further includes a gamma to linear converter, and wherein the gamma to linear converter is operable to remove the gamma function.
  • the gamma function is a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • the encoder and/or the decoder are operable to generate, insert, and/or recover metadata related to the image signal.
  • the metadata includes a color space, an image transfer function, a peak white value, and/or a signal format.
  • the encoder further includes an encoder operations programming port and/or the decoder further includes a decoder operations programming port, wherein the encoder operations programming port is operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the encoder, and wherein the decoder operations programming port is operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the decoder.
  • the encoder further includes an encoder equalizer, at least one encoder serial to parallel converter, at least one Ethernet port, a DeBayer engine, a linear converter, a scaler, at least one custom encoder look-up table, an RGB-to-XYZ converter, an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a sampling selector, and/or at least one encoder parallel to serial converter.
  • an encoder equalizer at least one encoder serial to parallel converter, at least one Ethernet port, a DeBayer engine, a linear converter, a scaler, at least one custom encoder look-up table, an RGB-to-XYZ converter, an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a sampling selector, and/or at least one encoder parallel to serial converter.
  • the decoder further includes a decoder equalizer, at least one decoder serial to parallel converter, a sampling converter, at least one Yxy-to-XYZ converter, a gamma library, an XYZ-to-RGB library, at least one custom decoder look-up table, and/or at least one decoder parallel to serial converter.
  • a decoder equalizer at least one decoder serial to parallel converter, a sampling converter, at least one Yxy-to-XYZ converter, a gamma library, an XYZ-to-RGB library, at least one custom decoder look-up table, and/or at least one decoder parallel to serial converter.
  • the encoder further includes at least one encoder formatter, wherein the at least one encoder formatter is operable to provide the at least one encoder output formatted for serial digital interface (SDI), high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI), Ethernet, and/or wherein the at least one decoder formatter is operable to provide the at least one decoder output formatted for serial digital interface (SDI), high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI), Ethernet, and/or fiber.
  • the at least one viewing device is at least two viewing devices, and wherein the decoder is operable to send the at least one decoder output to the at least two viewing devices simultaneously.
  • the Yxy data includes two colorimetric coordinates (x and y) and a luminance (Y) or a luma (Y'), and the Yxy data includes pixel mapping data.
  • the at least one viewing device includes a plurality of pixels and a plurality of subpixels, and the color components and the luminance or luma corresponding to a pixel of the plurality of pixels is used to calculate a color and a brightness of one or more of the plurality of subpixels.
  • the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the present invention provides a system for encoding and decoding an image signal including an encoder, wherein the encoder includes at least one encoder processor, at least one encoder memory, at least one encoder input, a watermark engine, and at least one encoder output, a decoder, wherein the decoder includes at least one decoder processor, at least one decoder memory, at least one decoder input, a watermark detection engine, a watermark subtraction engine, and at least one decoder output, and at least one viewing device, wherein the encoder and the decoder are in network communication, wherein the decoder and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the at least one encoder input is image data related to the image signal, wherein the encoder is operable to process the at least one encoder input and the watermark engine is operable to modify the at least one encoder input to include a digital watermark, thereby creating the at least one encoder output, wherein the at least one encoder output is
  • the encoder further includes a gamma function
  • the decoder further includes a gamma to linear converter, and wherein the gamma to linear converter is operable to remove the gamma function.
  • the gamma function is a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • the present invention provides a system for encoding and decoding an image signal including an encoder, wherein the encoder includes at least one encoder processor, at least one encoder memory, at least one encoder input, a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function, and at least one encoder output, a decoder, wherein the decoder includes at least one decoder processor, at least one decoder memory, at least one decoder input, a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma to linear converter, and at least one decoder output, and at least one viewing device, wherein the encoder and the decoder are in network communication, wherein the decoder and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the at least one encoder input is image data related to the image signal, wherein the encoder is operable to process the at least one encoder input using the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function, thereby creating the at least one encoder output, wherein the at least one encoder output is Yxy data, wherein the at least
  • the decoder is operable to process the at least one decoder input and remove the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function using the 1 ⁇ 2 gamma to linear converter, thereby creating the at least one decoder output, wherein the at least one decoder output is transmitted to the at least one viewing device, and wherein the at least one viewing device is operable to display one or more of the engine, and wherein the watermark engine is operable to modify the at least one encoder input to include a digital watermark.
  • the decoder further includes a watermark detection engine and a watermark subtraction engine, wherein the watermark detection engine is operable to detect a digital watermark, and wherein the watermark subtraction engine is operable to remove the digital watermark.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying an image signal including at least one processor coupled to at least one memory, a graphics processing unit (GPU), a display engine, and at least one viewing device, wherein the at least one processor, the GPU, and the display engine are in network communication, wherein the display engine and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller, a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator, a sampling selector, a video bus, and at least one output formatter and/or encoder, wherein image data related to the image signal is input into the GPU, wherein the GPU is operable to process the image data, thereby creating rendered image data, wherein the rendered image data is transmitted to the display engine, wherein the display engine is operable to process the rendered image data,
  • the formatted data includes Serial Digital Input (SDI), DisplayPort, High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI), fiber, and/or ethernet formatted data.
  • the display engine and the GPU are included on a video card.
  • the display engine and the GPU are included in the at least one viewing device.
  • the GPU and the display engine are included on a video computer.
  • the GPU includes a render engine, at least one render pipeline (RP), a programmable pixel shader, a programmable vector shader, a vector array processor, a curvature engine, and/or a memory cache.
  • the display engine further includes a multi-column three-dimensional (3D) look-up table (LUT).
  • 3D three-dimensional
  • the non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator is operable to apply a 1 ⁇ 2 gamma function.
  • one or more of the at least one processor loads the raster scaler with framing information.
  • the framing information includes a start of file (SOF) identifier, an end of file (EOF) identifier, a pixel count, a frame rate, HDMI information, and/or DisplayPort information.
  • the at least one viewing device is selected from a group consisting of a smartphone, a tablet, a laptop screen, a light emitting diode (LED) display, an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a miniLED display, a microLED display, a liquid crystal display (LCD), a quantum dot display, a quantum nano emitting diode (QNED) device, a personal gaming device, a virtual reality (VR) device and/or an augmented reality (AR) device, an LED wall, a wearable display, and at least one projector.
  • output of the raster scaler is RGB data, XYZ data, or Yxy data.
  • the at least one video display controller includes an XYZ video display controller and/or a red, green, and blue (RGB) video display controller.
  • input to the scaler and/or limiter is XYZ data or multi-primary data.
  • the at least one video display controller is operable to limit and/or optimize video data for streaming and/or compression.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying an image signal including at least one processor coupled to at least one memory, a graphics processing unit (GPU), a display engine, and at least one viewing device, wherein the at least one processor, the GPU, and the display engine are in network communication, wherein the display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller, a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, a multi-column three- dimensional (3D) look-up table (LUT), an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator, a sampling selector, a video bus, and at least one output formatter and/or encoder, wherein the color channel-to-XYZ converter is operable to accept a native format and convert to an XYZ format, wherein image data related to the image signal is input into the GPU, wherein the GPU is operable to process the image
  • the native format is red, green, and blue (RGB) data, multi-primary data, or Yxy data.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying an image signal including at least one processor coupled to at least one memory, at least one video card including a graphics processing unit (GPU) and a display engine, and at least one viewing device, wherein the at least one processor and the at least one video card are in network communication, wherein the at least one video card and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller, a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator, a sampling selector, a video bus, and/or at least one output formatter and/or encoder, wherein image data related to the image signal is input into the GPU, wherein
  • the at least one video card includes a plurality of video cards linked together. In one embodiment, the at least one video card is operable to be inserted into a connector located within a computer. [00503] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the luminance Y and the
  • the at least one display device is operable to display the primary color system based on the set of image data, wherein the primary color system displayed on the at least one display device is based on the set of image data.
  • the image data converter is operable to convert the set of primary color signals to the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the image data converter is operable to convert the set of values in Yxy color space to a plurality of color gamuts.
  • the image data converter is operable to fully sample the Yxy data related to the In one embodiment, the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are fully sampled.
  • the set of image data is integrated into a standardized transportation format.
  • the set of values in Yxy color space includes a reference to at least one white point.
  • the Yxy data includes floating points.
  • the encode includes converting the set of primary color signals to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to create the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • the decode includes converting the Yxy data to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to a format operable to display on the at least one display device.
  • the set of image data is transported linearly without a non-linear function applied to the luminance Y.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', wherein the encode and the de
  • the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to encode the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to decode the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter includes a look-up table.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, wherein the set of SDP parameters is modifiable, and at least one display device, wherein the set of image data further includes pixel mapping data, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates and the luminance
  • SDP Session Description Protocol
  • the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in Yxy color space.
  • displaying a primary color system including providing a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, encoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using a digital interface of an image data converter, wherein the image data converter is in network communication with at least one display device, decoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using the digital interface of the image data converter, and the image data converter converting the set of image data for display on the at least one display device, wherein the encoding and the decoding include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, wherein the Yx
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system, including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in a color space, wherein the set of values in the color space includes two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are independent from the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in the color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in the color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the colorimetric coordinates, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance, thereby creating a luma, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of processed data, and wherein the processed data is related to
  • the image data converter is operable to convert the set of primary color signals to the set of values in the color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of values in the color space to a plurality of color gamuts. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to fully sample the processed data related to the luma and subsample the processed data related to the two colorimetric coordinates. In one embodiment, the processed data related to the luma and the two colorimetric coordinates are fully sampled. In one embodiment, the two colorimetric coordinates are x and y. In one embodiment, the two colorimetric coordinates are u' and v'. In one embodiment, the processed data includes floating points.
  • the encode includes converting the set of primary color signals to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to create the set of values in the color space.
  • the decode includes converting the processed data to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to a format operable to display on the at least one display device.
  • the at least one non-linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto- optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF).
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system, including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in a color space, wherein the set of values in the color space includes two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are independent from the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital in the color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in the color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance, thereby creating a luma, a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of processed data, and wherein the processed data is related
  • the at least one non- linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto-optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF).
  • the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to encode the set of values in the color space.
  • the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to decode the set of values in the color space.
  • the image data converter includes a look-up table.
  • the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system, including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in a color space, wherein the set of values in the color space includes two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are independent from the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in the color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in the color coordinates, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance, thereby creating a luma, a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the set of image data includes pixel mapping data, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation
  • SDP Session Description Protocol
  • the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in the color space. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in the color space.
  • FIG.102 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system in an emissive display that does not incorporate color filtered subpixels. For LCD and WOLED displays, this can be modified for a six-primary color system by expanding the RGB or WRGB filter arrangement to an RGBCMY matrix. For WRGB systems, the white subpixel could be removed as the luminance of the three additional primaries will replace it. SDI video is input through an SDI decoder.
  • the SDI decoder outputs to a Y CrCbCcCy- RGBCMY converter.
  • the converter outputs RGBCMY data, with the luminance component (Y) subtracted.
  • RGBCMY data is then converted to RGB data.
  • This RGB data is sent to a scale sync generation component, receives adjustments to image controls, contrast, brightness, chroma, and saturation, is sent to a color correction component, and output to the display panel as LVDS data.
  • the SDI decoder outputs to an SDI Y-R switch component.
  • the SDI Y-R switch component outputs RGBCMY data.
  • the RGBCMY data is sent to a scale sync generation component, receives adjustments to image controls, output to a display panel as LVDS data.
  • FIG.109 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the invention illustrating a computer system, generally described as 800, having a network 810, a plurality of computing devices 820, 830, 840, a server 850, and a database 870.
  • the server 850 is constructed, configured, and coupled to enable communication over a network 810 with a plurality of computing devices 820, 830, 840.
  • the server 850 includes a processing unit 851 with an operating system 852.
  • the operating system 852 enables the server 850 to communicate through network 810 with the remote, distributed user devices.
  • Database 870 may house an operating system 872, memory 874, and programs 876.
  • the system 800 includes a network 810 for distributed communication via a wireless communication antenna 812 and processing by at least one mobile communication computing device 830.
  • wireless and wired communication and connectivity between devices and components described herein include wireless network communication such as WI-FI, WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WIMAX), Radio Frequency (RF) communication including RF identification (RFID), NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC), BLUETOOTH including BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY (BLE), ZIGBEE, Infrared (IR) communication, cellular communication, satellite communication, Universal Serial Bus (USB), Ethernet communications, communication via fiber-optic cables, coaxial cables, twisted pair cables, and/or any other type of wireless or wired communication.
  • WI-FI WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • RFID RF identification
  • NFC NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION
  • BLUETOOTH including BLUET
  • the system 800 is a virtualized computing system capable of executing any or all aspects of software and/or application components presented herein on the computing devices 820, 830, 840.
  • the computer system 800 may be implemented using or integrated into another entity, or distributed across multiple entities or computing devices.
  • the computing devices 820, 830, 840 are intended to represent various forms of electronic devices including at least a processor and a memory, such as a server, blade server, mainframe, mobile phone, personal digital assistant (PDA), smartphone, desktop computer, notebook computer, tablet computer, workstation, laptop, and other similar computing devices.
  • the computing device 820 includes components such as a processor 860, a system memory 862 having a random access memory (RAM) 864 and a read-only memory (ROM) 866, and a system bus 868 that couples the memory 862 to the processor 860.
  • the computing device 830 may additionally include components such as a storage device 890 for storing the operating system 892 and one or more application programs 894, a network interface unit 896, and/or an input/output controller 898. Each of the components may be coupled to each other through at least one bus 868.
  • the input/output controller 898 may receive and process input from, or provide output to, a number of other devices 899, including, but not limited to, alphanumeric input devices, mice, electronic styluses, display units, touch screens, signal generation devices (e.g., speakers), or printers.
  • other devices 899 including, but not limited to, alphanumeric input devices, mice, electronic styluses, display units, touch screens, signal generation devices (e.g., speakers), or printers.
  • the processor 860 may be a general- purpose microprocessor (e.g., a central processing unit (CPU)), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a microcontroller, a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), a Programmable Logic Device (PLD), a controller, a state machine, gated or transistor logic, discrete hardware calculations, process instructions for execution, and/or other manipulations of information.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • multiple processors 860 and/or multiple buses 868 may be used, as appropriate, along with multiple memories 862 of multiple types (e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core).
  • multiple computing devices may be connected, with each device providing portions of the necessary operations (e.g., a server bank, a group of blade servers, or a multi- processor system). Alternatively, some steps or methods may be performed by circuitry that is specific to a given function.
  • the computer system 800 may operate in a networked environment using logical connections to local and/or remote computing devices 820, 830, 840 through a network 810.
  • a computing device 830 may connect to a network 810 through a network interface unit 896 connected to a bus 868.
  • Computing devices may communicate communication media through wired networks, direct-wired connections or wirelessly, such as acoustic, RF, or infrared, through an antenna 897 in communication with the network antenna 812 and the network interface unit 896, which may include digital signal processing circuitry when necessary.
  • the network interface unit 896 may provide for communications under various modes or protocols.
  • the instructions may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combinations thereof.
  • a computer readable medium may provide volatile or non-volatile storage for one or more sets of instructions, such as operating systems, data structures, program modules, applications, or other data embodying any one or more of the methodologies or functions described herein.
  • the computer readable medium may include the memory 862, the processor 860, and/or the storage media 890 and system) that store the one or more sets of instructions 900.
  • Non-transitory computer readable media includes all computer readable media, with the sole exception being a transitory, propagating signal per se.
  • the instructions 900 may further be transmitted or received over the network 810 via the network interface unit 896 as communication media, which may include a modulated data signal such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism and includes any deliver media.
  • modulated data signal means a signal that has one or more of its characteristics changed or set in a manner as to encode information in the signal.
  • Storage devices 890 and memory 862 include, but are not limited to, volatile and non-volatile media such as cache, RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, FLASH memory, or other solid state memory technology, discs (e.g., digital versatile discs (DVD), HD-DVD, BLU-RAY, compact disc (CD), or CD-ROM) or other optical storage; magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage, floppy disks, or other magnetic storage devices; or any other medium that can be used to store the computer readable instructions and which can be accessed by the computer system 800.
  • the computer system 800 is within a cloud-based network.
  • the server 850 is a designated physical server for distributed computing devices 820, 830, and 840. In one embodiment, the server 850 is a cloud-based server platform. In one embodiment, the cloud-based server platform hosts serverless functions for distributed computing devices 820, 830, and 840. [00522] In another embodiment, the computer system 800 is within an edge computing network. The server 850 is an edge server, and the database 870 is an edge database. The edge server 850 and the edge database 870 are part of an edge computing platform. In one embodiment, the edge server 850 and the edge database 870 are designated to distributed computing devices 820, 830, and 840.
  • the edge server 850 and the edge computing devices 820, 830, and 840 are connected to an edge server in the edge computing network based on proximity, availability, latency, bandwidth, and/or other factors.
  • the computer system 800 may not include all of the components shown in FIG.109 may include other components that are not explicitly shown in FIG.109 or may utilize an architecture completely different than that shown in FIG.109.
  • the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, elements, circuits, and algorithms described in connection with the embodiments discussed herein may be implemented as electronic hardware, computer software, or combinations of both. To clearly illustrate the interchangeability of hardware and software, various illustrative components, blocks, modules, circuits, and steps have been described above generally in terms of their functionality.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Processing Of Color Television Signals (AREA)

Abstract

Systems and methods for a multi-primary color system for display. A multi-primary color system increases the number of primary colors available in a color system and color system equipment. Increasing the number of primary colors reduces metameric errors from viewer to viewer. One embodiment of the multi-primary color system includes Red, Green, Blue, Cyan, Yellow, and Magenta primaries. The systems of the present invention maintain compatibility with existing color systems and equipment and provide systems for backwards compatibility with older color systems.

Description

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A MULTI-PRIMARY WIDE GAMUT COLOR SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS [0001] This application relates to and claims priority from the following applications. This application claims priority from U.S. Application No.17/076,383, filed October 21, 2020, U.S. Application No.17/225,734, filed April 8, 2021, and U.S. Application No. 17/338,357, filed June 3, 2021, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. [0002] U.S. Application No.17/076,383 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 17/009,408, filed September 1, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/887,807, filed May 29, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/860,769, filed April 28, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/853,203, filed April 20, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application No.16/831,157, filed March 26, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Patent Application No. 16/659,307, filed October 21, 2019, now U.S. Patent No.10,607,527, which is related to and claims priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/876,878, filed July 22, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/847,630, filed May 14, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/805,705, filed February 14, 2019, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/750,673, filed October 25, 2018, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [0003] U.S. Application No.17/225,734 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 17/076,383, filed October 21, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 17/009,408, filed September 1, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/887,807, filed May 29, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/860,769, filed April 28, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/853,203, filed April 20, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application No.16/831,157, filed March 26, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Patent Application No. claims priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/876,878, filed July 22, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/847,630, filed May 14, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/805,705, filed February 14, 2019, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/750,673, filed October 25, 2018, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [0004] U.S. Application No.17/338,357 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 17/225,734, filed April 8, 2021, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 17/076,383, filed October 21, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 17/009,408, filed September 1, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/887,807, filed May 29, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/860,769, filed April 28, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Application No. 16/853,203, filed April 20, 2020, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application No.16/831,157, filed March 26, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Patent Application No. 16/659,307, filed October 21, 2019, now U.S. Patent No.10,607,527, which is related to and claims priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/876,878, filed July 22, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/847,630, filed May 14, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/805,705, filed February 14, 2019, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/750,673, filed October 25, 2018, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION [0005] 1. Field of the Invention [0006] The present invention relates to color systems, and more specifically to a wide gamut color system with an increased number of primary colors. [0007] 2. Description of the Prior Art system within a display. [0009] Prior art patent documents include the following: [0010] U.S. Patent No.10,222,263 for RGB value calculation device by inventor Yasuyuki Shigezane, filed February 6, 2017 and issued March 5, 2019, is directed to a microcomputer that equally divides the circumference of an RGB circle into 6xn (n is an integer of 1 or more) parts, and calculates an RGB value of each divided color. (255, 0, 0) is stored as a reference RGB value of a reference color in a ROM in the microcomputer. The microcomputer converts the reference RGB value depending on an angular difference of the RGB circle between a designated color whose RGB value is to be found and the reference color, and assumes the converted RGB value as an RGB value of the designated color. [0011] U.S. Patent No.9,373,305 for Semiconductor device, image processing system and program by inventor Hiorfumi Kawaguchi, filed May 29, 2015 and issued June 21, 2016, is directed to an image process device including a display panel operable to provide an input interface for receiving an input of an adjustment value of at least a part of color attributes of each vertex of n axes (n is an integer equal to or greater than 3) serving as adjustment axes in an RGB color space, and an adjustment data generation unit operable to calculate the degree of influence indicative of a following index of each of the n-axis vertices, for each of the n axes, on a basis of distance between each of the n-axis vertices and a target point which is an arbitrary lattice point in the RGB color space, and operable to calculate adjusted coordinates of the target point in the RGB color space. [0012] U.S. Publication No.20130278993 for Color-mixing bi-primary color systems for displays by inventor Heikenfeld, et.al, filed September 1, 2011 and published October 24, 2013, is directed to a display pixel. The pixel includes first and second substrates arranged to define a channel. A fluid is located within the channel and includes a first colorant and a second charge that is opposite in polarity to the first charge and a color that is complimentary to the color of the first colorant. A first electrode, with a voltage source, is operably coupled to the fluid and configured to moving one or both of the first and second colorants within the fluid and alter at least one spectral property of the pixel. [0013] U.S. Patent No.8,599,226 for Device and method of data conversion for wide gamut displays by inventor Ben-Chorin, et. al, filed February 13, 2012 and issued December 3, 2013, is directed to a method and system for converting color image data from a, for example, three-dimensional color space format to a format usable by an n-primary display, wherein n is greater than or equal to 3. The system may define a two-dimensional sub-space having a plurality of two-dimensional positions, each position representing a set of n primary color values and a third, scaleable coordinate value for generating an n-primary display input signal. Furthermore, the system may receive a three-dimensional color space input signal including out-of range pixel data not reproducible by a three-primary additive display, and may convert the data to side gamut color image pixel data suitable for driving the wide gamut color display. [0014] U.S. Patent No.8,081,835 for Multiprimary color sub-pixel rendering with metameric filtering by inventor Elliot, et. al, filed July 13, 2010 and issued December 20, 2011, is directed to systems and methods of rendering image data to multiprimary displays that adjusts image data across metamers as herein disclosed. The metamer filtering may be based upon input image content and may optimize sub-pixel values to improve image rendering accuracy or perception. The optimizations may be made according to many possible desired effects. One embodiment comprises a display system comprising: a display, said display capable of selecting from a set of image data values, said set comprising at least one metamer; an input image data unit; a spatial frequency detection unit, said spatial data; and a selection unit, said unit selecting image data from said metamer according to said spatial frequency characteristic. [0015] U.S. Patent No.7,916,939 for High brightness wide gamut display by inventor Roth, et. al, filed November 30, 2009 and issued March 29, 2011, is directed to a device to produce a color image, the device including a color filtering arrangement to produce at least four colors, each color produced by a filter on a color filtering mechanism having a relative segment size, wherein the relative segment sizes of at least two of the primary colors differ. [0016] U.S. Patent No.6,769,772 for Six color display apparatus having increased color gamut by inventor Roddy, et. al, filed October 11, 2002 and issued August 3, 2004, is directed to a display system for digital color images using six color light sources or two or more multicolor LED arrays or OLEDs to provide an expanded color gamut. Apparatus uses two or more spatial light modulators, which may be cycled between two or more color light sources or LED arrays to provide a six-color display output. Pairing of modulated colors using relative luminance helps to minimize flicker effects. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [0017] It is an object of this invention to provide an enhancement to the current RGB systems or a replacement for them. [0018] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are orthogonal to the luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the luma Y' and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. [0019] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, wherein the set of SDP parameters is modifiable, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y and the luma Y', on the at least one display device. [0020] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, wherein the set of SDP parameters is modifiable, and at least one display device, wherein the set of image data includes pixel mapping data, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates and the luma Y', and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. [0021] In still another embodiment, the present invention includes a method for displaying a primary color system including providing a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, encoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using a digital interface of an image data converter, wherein the image data converter is in color space using at least one non-linear function, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non- linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', decoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using the digital interface of the image data converter, and the image data converter converting the set of image data for display on the at least one display device, wherein the encoding and the decoding include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, wherein the Yxy data is related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y. [0022] These and other aspects of the present invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art after a reading of the following description of the preferred embodiment when considered with the drawings, as they support the claimed invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0023] The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee. [0024] FIG.1 illustrates one embodiment of a six primary system including a red primary, a green primary, a blue primary, a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and a yellow primary (“6P-B”) compared to ITU-R BT.709-6. [0025] FIG.2 illustrates another embodiment of a six primary system including a red primary, a green primary, a blue primary, a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and a yellow primary (“6P-C”) compared to SMPTE RP431-2 for a D60 white point. [0026] FIG.3 illustrates yet another embodiment of a six primary system including a red primary, a green primary, a blue primary, a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and a yellow primary (“6P-C”) compared to SMPTE RP431-2 for a D65 white point. [0028] FIG.5 illustrates Super 6Pb compared to Super 6Pa and 6P-C. [0029] FIG.6 illustrates an embodiment of an encode and decode system for a multi- primary color system. [0030] FIG.7 illustrates a sequential method where three color primaries are passed to the transport format as full bit level image data and inserted as normal (“System 2”). [0031] FIG.8A illustrates one embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”). [0032] FIG.8B illustrates another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”). [0033] FIG.8C illustrates yet another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”). [0034] FIG.9A illustrates an embodiment of a stereo quadrature method (“System 2A”). [0035] FIG.9B illustrates another embodiment of a stereo quadrature method (“System 2A”). [0036] FIG.9C illustrates yet another embodiment of a stereo quadrature method (“System 2A”). [0037] FIG.10 illustrates one embodiment of a system encode and decode process using a dual link method (“System 3”). [0038] FIG.11 illustrates one embodiment of an encoding process using a dual link method. [0039] FIG.12 illustrates one embodiment of a decoding process using a dual link method. [0040] FIG.13 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode with an OETF. [0041] FIG.14 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode without an OETF. [0042] FIG.15 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). [0044] FIG.17 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode with an OETF. [0045] FIG.18 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode without an OETF. [0046] FIG.19 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode with an OETF. [0047] FIG.20 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode without an OETF. [0048] FIG.21 illustrates sample placements of Yxy system components for a 4:2:2 pixel mapping. [0049] FIG.22 illustrates sample placements of Yxy system components for a 4:2:0 pixel mapping. [0050] FIG.23 illustrates one embodiment of a SMPTE ST292 Yxy system mapping. [0051] FIG.24 illustrates one embodiment of a SMPTE ST2082 Yxy system mapping. [0052] FIG.25 illustrates one embodiment of Yxy inserted into a CTA 861 stream. [0053] FIG.26 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an EOTF. [0054] FIG.27 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode without an EOTF. [0055] FIG.28A illustrates one embodiment of an IPT 4:4:4 encode. [0056] FIG.28B illustrates one embodiment of an IPT 4:4:4 decode. [0057] FIG.29A illustrates one embodiment of an ICTCP 4:2:2 encode. [0058] FIG.29B illustrates one embodiment of an ICTCP 4:2:2 decode. [0059] FIG.30 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system encode using a 4:4:4 sampling method. [0060] FIG.31 illustrates one embodiment for a method to package six channels of primary information into the three standard primary channels used in current serial video standards by modifying bit numbers for a 12-bit SDI and a 10-bit SDI. [0061] FIG.32 illustrates a simplified diagram estimating perceived viewer sensation as code values define each hue angle. color information using a 4:4:4 video system. [0063] FIG.34 illustrates one embodiment for a method of unstacking/decoding six- primary color information using a 4:4:4 video system. [0064] FIG.35 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 decoder for a six-primary color system. [0065] FIG.36 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter. [0066] FIG.37 illustrates another embodiment of an optical filter. [0067] FIG.38 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention for sending six primary colors to a standardized transport format. [0068] FIG.39 illustrates one embodiment of a decode process adding a pixel delay to the RGB data for realigning the channels to a common pixel timing. [0069] FIG.40 illustrates one embodiment of an encode process for 4:2:2 video for packaging five channels of information into the standard three-channel designs. [0070] FIG.41 illustrates one embodiment for a non-constant luminance encode for a six- primary color system. [0071] FIG.42 illustrates one embodiment of a packaging process for a six-primary color system. [0072] FIG.43 illustrates a 4:2:2 unstack process for a six-primary color system. [0073] FIG.44 illustrates one embodiment of a process to inversely quantize each individual color and pass the data through an electronic optical function transfer (EOTF) in a non-constant luminance system. [0074] FIG.45 illustrates one embodiment of a constant luminance encode for a six- primary color system. primary color system. [0076] FIG.47 illustrates one example of 4:2:2 non-constant luminance encoding. [0077] FIG.48 illustrates one embodiment of a non-constant luminance decoding system. [0078] FIG.49 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance encoding system. [0079] FIG.50 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance decoding system. [0080] FIG.51 illustrates a raster encoding diagram of sample placements for a six- primary color system. [0081] FIG.52 illustrates one embodiment of the six-primary color unstack process in a 4:2:2 video system. [0082] FIG.53 illustrates one embodiment of mapping input to the six-primary color system unstack process. [0083] FIG.54 illustrates one embodiment of mapping the output of a six-primary color system decoder. [0084] FIG.55 illustrates one embodiment of mapping the RGB decode for a six-primary color system. [0085] FIG.56 illustrates one embodiment of an unstack system for a six-primary color system. [0086] FIG.57 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB decoder for a six-primary, non-constant luminance system. [0087] FIG.58 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB decoder for a six-primary, constant luminance system. legacy RGB system. [0089] FIG.60 illustrates one embodiment of six-primary color output using a non- constant luminance decoder. [0090] FIG.61 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB process within a six-primary color system. [0091] FIG.62 illustrates one embodiment of packing six-primary color system image data into an ICTCP (ITP) format. [0092] FIG.63 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system converting RGBCMY image data into XYZ image data for an ITP format. [0093] FIG.64 illustrates one embodiment of six-primary color mapping with SMPTE ST424. [0094] FIG.65 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system readout for a SMPTE ST424 standard. [0095] FIG.66 illustrates a process of 2160p transport over 12G-SDI. [0096] FIG.67 illustrates one embodiment for mapping RGBCMY data to the SMPTE ST2082 standard for a six-primary color system. [0097] FIG.68 illustrates one embodiment for mapping YRGB YCMY CR CB CC CY data to the SMPTE ST2082 standard for a six-primary color system. [0098] FIG.69 illustrates one embodiment for mapping six-primary color system data using the SMPTE ST292 standard. [0099] FIG.70 illustrates one embodiment of the readout for a six-primary color system using the SMPTE ST292 standard. [00100] FIG.71 illustrates modifications to the SMPTE ST352 standards for a six-primary color system. color system. [00102] FIG.73 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 10-bit video system. [00103] FIG.74 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 12-bit video system. [00104] FIG.75 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:2 sampling systems in a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space. [00105] FIG.76 illustrates sample placements of six-primary system components for a 4:2:2 sampling system image. [00106] FIG.77 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:0 sampling systems using a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space. [00107] FIG.78 illustrates sample placements of six-primary system components for a 4:2:0 sampling system image. [00108] FIG.79 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video. [00109] FIG.80 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video. [00110] FIG.81 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six primary color system in 4:2:2 video. [00111] FIG.82 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:2:0 video. [00112] FIG.83 illustrates an RGB sampling transmission for a 4:4:4 sampling system. [00113] FIG.84 illustrates a RGBCMY sampling transmission for a 4:4:4 sampling system. [00115] FIG.86 illustrates a Y Cb Cr sampling transmission using a 4:2:2 sampling system. [00116] FIG.87 illustrates a Y Cr Cb Cc Cy sampling transmission using a 4:2:2 sampling system. [00117] FIG.88 illustrates an example of a System 2 to Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 Transmission as non-constant luminance. [00118] FIG.89 illustrates a Y Cb Cr sampling transmission using a 4:2:0 sampling system. [00119] FIG.90 illustrates a Y Cr Cb Cc Cy sampling transmission using a 4:2:0 sampling system. [00120] FIG.91 illustrates a dual stack LCD projection system for a six-primary color system. [00121] FIG.92 illustrates one embodiment of a single projector. [00122] FIG.93 illustrates a six-primary color system using a single projector and reciprocal mirrors. [00123] FIG.94 illustrates a dual stack DMD projection system for a six-primary color system. [00124] FIG.95 illustrates one embodiment of a single DMD projector solution. [00125] FIG.96 illustrates one embodiment of a color filter array for a six-primary color system with a white OLED monitor. [00126] FIG.97 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter array for a six-primary color system with a white OLED monitor. [00127] FIG.98 illustrates one embodiment of a matrix of an LCD drive for a six-primary color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor. color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor. [00129] FIG.100 illustrates an array for a Quantum Dot (QD) display device. [00130] FIG.101 illustrates one embodiment of an array for a six-primary color system for use with a direct emissive assembled display. [00131] FIG.102 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system in an emissive display that does not incorporate color filtered subpixels. [00132] FIG.103 illustrates one embodiment of a ½ gamma function. [00133] FIG.104 illustrates a graph of maximum quantizing error using the ½ gamma function. [00134] FIG.105 illustrates one embodiment of an encoder. [00135] FIG.106 illustrates one embodiment of a decoder. [00136] FIG.107 illustrates one embodiment of a display engine operable to interact with a graphics processing unit (GPU) according to the present invention. [00137] FIG.108 illustrates one embodiment of a 1/3 gamma function. [00138] FIG.109 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the invention illustrating a computer system. DETAILED DESCRIPTION [00139] The present invention is generally directed to a multi-primary color system. [00140] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are orthogonal to the luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the luma Y' and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the at least one display device is operable to display the primary color system based on the set of image data, wherein the primary color system displayed on the at least one display device is based on the set of image data. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of primary color signals to the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of values in Yxy color space to a plurality of color gamuts. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to fully sample the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and subsample the Yxy data related to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y. In one embodiment, the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are fully sampled. In one embodiment, the set of image data is integrated into a standardized transportation format. In one embodiment, the set of values in Yxy color space includes a reference to at least one white point. In one embodiment, the Yxy data includes floating points. In one embodiment, the encode includes converting the set of primary color signals to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to create the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the decode includes converting the Yxy data to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data least one non-linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto- optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). In one embodiment, the set of image data includes pixel mapping data. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in Yxy color space. [00141] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, wherein the set of SDP parameters is modifiable, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y and the luma Y', and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the at least one non-linear function function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto-optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). In one embodiment, the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to encode the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function TF to decode the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter includes a look-up table. [00142] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, wherein the set of SDP parameters is modifiable, and at least one display device, wherein the set of image data includes pixel mapping data, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates and the luma Y', and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color in Yxy color space. [00143] In still another embodiment, the present invention includes a method for displaying a primary color system including providing a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, encoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using a digital interface of an image data converter, wherein the image data converter is in network communication with at least one display device, processing the set of values in Yxy color space using at least one non-linear function, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non- linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', decoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using the digital interface of the image data converter, and the image data converter converting the set of image data for display on the at least one display device, wherein the encoding and the decoding include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, wherein the Yxy data is related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y. [00144] The present invention relates to color systems. A multitude of color systems are known, but they continue to suffer numerous issues. As imaging technology is moving forward, there has been a significant interest in expanding the range of colors that are replicated on electronic displays. Enhancements to the television system have expanded from the early CCIR 601 standard to ITU-R BT.709-6, to SMPTE RP431-2, and ITU-R BT.2020. Each one has increased the gamut of visible colors by expanding the distance from the reference white point to the position of the Red (R), Green (G), and Blue (B) color primaries (collectively known as “RGB”) in chromaticity space. While this approach works, it has technical methods used to expand the gamut of colors seen (typically using a more-narrow emissive spectrum) can result in increased viewer metameric errors and require increased power due to lower illumination source. These issues increase both capital and operational costs. [00145] With the current available technologies, displays are limited in respect to their range of color and light output. There are many misconceptions regarding how viewers interpret the display output technically versus real-world sensations viewed with the human eye. The reason we see more than just the three emitting primary colors is because the eye combines the spectral wavelengths incident on it into the three bands. Humans interpret the radiant energy (spectrum and amplitude) from a display and process it so that an individual color is perceived. The display does not emit a color or a specific wavelength that directly relates to the sensation of color. It simply radiates energy at the same spectrum which humans sense as light and color. It is the observer who interprets this energy as color. [00146] When the CIE 2° standard observer was established in 1931, common understanding of color sensation was that the eye used red, blue, and green cone receptors (James Maxwell & James Forbes 1855). Later with the Munsell vision model (Munsell 1915), Munsell described the vision system to include three separate components: luminance, hue, and saturation. Using RGB emitters or filters, these three primary colors are the components used to produce images on today’s modern electronic displays. [00147] There are three primary physical variables that affect sensation of color. These are the spectral distribution of radiant energy as it is absorbed into the retina, the sensitivity of the eye in relation to the intensity of light landing on the retinal pigment epithelium, and the distribution of cones within the retina. The distribution of cones (e.g., L cones, M cones, and S cones) varies considerably from person to person. higher efficiency phosphors. Encoding of higher dynamic ranges is addressed using higher range, more perceptually uniform electro-optical transfer functions to support these enhancements to brightness technology, while wider color gamuts are produced by using narrow bandwidth emissions. Narrower bandwidth emitters result in the viewer experiencing higher color saturation. But there can be a disconnect between how saturation is produced and how it is controlled. What is believed to occur when changing saturation is that increasing color values of a color primary represents an increase to saturation. This is not true, as changing saturation requires the variance of a color primary spectral output as parametric. There are no variable spectrum displays available to date as the technology to do so has not been commercially developed, nor has the new infrastructure required to support this been discussed. [00149] Instead, the method that a display changes for viewer color sensation is by changing color luminance. As data values increase, the color primary gets brighter. Changes to color saturation are accomplished by varying the brightness of all three primaries and taking advantage of the dominant color theory. [00150] Expanding color primaries beyond RGB has been discussed before. There have been numerous designs of multi-primary displays. For example, SHARP has attempted this with their four-color QUATTRON TV systems by adding a yellow color primary and developing an algorithm to drive it. Another four primary color display was proposed by Matthew Brennesholtz which included an additional cyan primary, and a six primary display was described by Yan Xiong, Fei Deng, Shan Xu, and Sufang Gao of the School of Physics and Optoelectric Engineering at the Yangtze University Jingzhou China. In addition, AU OPTRONICS has developed a five primary display technology. SONY has also recently and RGBCMYW (red, green, blue cyan, magenta, yellow, and white) sensors. [00151] Actual working displays have been shown publicly as far back as the late 1990’s, including samples from Tokyo Polytechnic University, Nagoya City University, and Genoa Technologies. However, all of these systems are exclusive to their displays, and any additional color primary information is limited to the display’s internal processing. [00152] Additionally, the Visual Arts System for Archiving and Retrieval of Images (VASARI) project developed a colorimetric scanner system for direct digital imaging of paintings. The system provides more accurate coloring than conventional film, allowing it to replace film photography. Despite the project beginning in 1989, technical developments have continued. Additional information is available at https://www.southampton.ac.uk/~km2/projs/vasari/ (last accessed March 30, 2020), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00153] None of the prior art discloses developing additional color primary information outside of the display. Moreover, the system driving the display is often proprietary to the demonstration. In each of these executions, nothing in the workflow is included to acquire or generate additional color primary information. The development of a multi-primary color system is not complete if the only part of the system that supports the added primaries is within the display itself. [00154] Referring now to the drawings in general, the illustrations are for the purpose of describing one or more preferred embodiments of the invention and are not intended to limit the invention thereto. [00155] Additional details about multi-primary systems are available in U.S. Patent No. 10,607,527; 10,950,160; 10,950,161; 10,950,162; 10,997,896; 11,011,098; 11,017,708; 11,030,934; 11,037,480; 11,037,481; 11,037,482; 11,043,157; 11,049,431; 11,062,638; 20200251039, 20210233454, and 20210209990, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00156] Traditional displays include three primaries: red, green, and blue. The multi- primary systems of the present invention include at least four primaries. The at least four primaries preferably include at least one red primary, at least one green primary, and/or at least one blue primary. In one embodiment, the at least four primaries include a cyan primary, a magenta primary, and/or a yellow primary. In one embodiment, the at least four primaries include at least one white primary. [00157] In one embodiment, the multi-primary system includes six primaries. In one preferred embodiment, the six primaries include a red (R) primary, a green (G) primary, a blue (B) primary, a cyan (C) primary, a magenta (M) primary, and a yellow (Y) primary, often referred to as “RGBCMY”. However, the systems and methods of the present invention are not restricted to RGBCMY, and alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00158] 6P-B [00159] 6P-B is a color set that uses the same RGB values that are defined in the ITU-R BT.709-6 television standard. The gamut includes these RGB primary colors and then adds three more color primaries orthogonal to these based on the white point. The white point used in 6P-B is D65 (ISO 11664-2). [00160] In one embodiment, the red primary has a dominant wavelength of 609nm, the yellow primary has a dominant wavelength of 571nm, the green primary has a dominant wavelength of 552nm, the cyan primary has a dominant wavelength of 491nm, and the blue primary has a dominant wavelength of 465nm as shown in Table 1. In one embodiment, the dominant wavelength is approximately (e.g., within ±10%) the value listed in the table below. In yet another embodiment, the dominant wavelength is within ±2% of the value listed in the table below. [00161] TABLE 1 x y u’ v’ ƛ W (D65) 03127 03290 01978 04683 [0
Figure imgf000027_0001
] . ustrates - compare to - . - . [00163] 6P-C [00164] 6P-C is based on the same RGB primaries defined in SMPTE RP431-2 projection recommendation. Each gamut includes these RGB primary colors and then adds three more color primaries orthogonal to these based on the white point. The white point used in 6P-B is D65 (ISO 11664-2). Two versions of 6P-C are used. One is optimized for a D60 white point (SMPTE ST2065-1), and the other is optimized for a D65 white point. Additional information about white points is available in ISO 11664-2:2007 “Colorimetry — Part 2: CIE standard illuminants” and "ST 2065-1:2012 - SMPTE Standard - Academy Color Encoding Specification (ACES)," in ST 2065-1:2012, pp.1-23, 17 April 2012, doi: 10.5594/SMPTE.ST2065-1.2012, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00165] In one embodiment, the red primary has a dominant wavelength of 615nm, the yellow primary has a dominant wavelength of 570nm, the green primary has a dominant wavelength of 545nm, the cyan primary has a dominant wavelength of 493nm, and the blue primary has a dominant wavelength of 465nm as shown in Table 2. In one embodiment, the dominant wavelength is approximately (e.g., within ±10%) the value listed in the table below. In yet another embodiment, the dominant wavelength is within ±2% of the value listed in the table below. [00166] TABLE 2 x y u’ v’ ƛ D 21 2 4 42 [0
Figure imgf000028_0001
] . ustrates - compare to - or a w te point. [00168] In one embodiment, the red primary has a dominant wavelength of 615nm, the yellow primary has a dominant wavelength of 570nm, the green primary has a dominant wavelength of 545nm, the cyan primary has a dominant wavelength of 423nm, and the blue primary has a dominant wavelength of 465nm as shown in Table 3. In one embodiment, the dominant wavelength is approximately (e.g., within ±10%) the value listed in the table below. Alternatively, the dominant wavelength is within ±5% of the value listed in the table below. In yet another embodiment, the dominant wavelength is within ±2% of the value listed in the table below. [00169] TABLE 3 ’ ’
Figure imgf000028_0002
[
Figure imgf000029_0001
point. [00171] SUPER 6P [00172] One of the advantages of ITU-R BT.2020 is that it can include all of the Pointer colors and that increasing primary saturation in a six-color primary design could also do this. Pointer is described in “The Gamut of Real Surface Colors”, M.R. Pointer, Published in Colour Research and Application Volume #5, Issue #3 (1980), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. However, extending the 6P gamut beyond SMPTE RP431-2 (“6P- C”) adds two problems. The first problem is the requirement to narrow the spectrum of the extended primaries. The second problem is the complexity of designing a backwards compatible system using color primaries that are not related to current standards. But in some cases, there may be a need to extend the gamut beyond 6P-C and avoid these problems. If the goal is to encompass Pointer’s data set, then it is possible to keep most of the 6P-C system and only change the cyan color primary position. In one embodiment, the cyan color primary position is located so that the gamut edge encompasses all of Pointer’s data set. In another embodiment, the cyan color primary position is a location that limits maximum saturation. With 6P-C, cyan is positioned as u’=0.096, v’=0.454. In one embodiment of Super 6P, cyan is moved to u’=0.075, v’=0.430 (“Super 6Pa” (S6Pa)). Advantageously, this creates a new gamut that covers Pointer’s data set almost in its entirety. FIG.4 illustrates Super 6Pa compared to 6P-C. [00173] Table 4 is a table of values for Super 6Pa. The definition of x,y are described in ISO 11664-3:2012/CIE S 014 Part 3, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The definition of u’,v’ are described in ISO 11664-5:2016/CIE S 014 Part 5, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. ƛ defines each color primary as dominant color wavelength for RGB and complementary wavelengths CMY.
x y u’ v’ ƛ [0
Figure imgf000030_0001
0 75] n an aternatve em o ment, t e saturaton s expan e on t e same hue angle as 6P-C as shown in FIG.5. Advantageously, this makes backward compatibility less complicated. However, this requires much more saturation (i.e., narrower spectra). In another embodiment of Super 6P, cyan is moved to u’=0.067, v’=0.449 (“Super 6Pb” (S6Pb)). Additionally, FIG.5 illustrates Super 6Pb compared to Super 6Pa and 6P-C. [00176] Table 5 is a table of values for Super 6Pb. The definition of x,y are described in ISO 11664-3:2012/CIE S 014 Part 3, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The definition of u’,v’ are described in ISO 11664-5:2016/CIE S 014 Part 5, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. ƛ defines each color primary as dominant color wavelength for RGB and complementary wavelengths CMY. [00177] TABLE 5 ’ ’
Figure imgf000030_0002
28 [
Figure imgf000031_0001
primaries. As the XYZ values of the primaries change, the matrix changes. Additional details about the matrix are described below. [00179] FORMATTING AND TRANSPORTATION OF MULTI-PRIMARY SIGNALS [00180] The present invention includes three different methods to format video for transport: System 1, System 2, and System 3. System 1 is comprised of an encode and decode system, which can be divided into base encoder and digitation, image data stacking, mapping into the standard data transport, readout, unstack, and finally image decoding. In one embodiment, the basic method of this system is to combine opposing color primaries within the three standard transport channels and identify them by their code value. [00181] System 2 uses a sequential method where three color primaries are passed to the transport format as full bit level image data and inserted as normal. The three additional channels are delayed by one pixel and then placed into the transport instead of the first colors. This is useful in situations where quantizing artifacts may be critical to image performance. In one embodiment, this system is comprised of the six primaries (e.g., RGB plus a method to delay the CMY colors for injection), image resolution identification to allow for pixel count synchronization, start of video identification, and RGB Delay. [00182] System 3 utilizes a dual link method where two wires are used. In one embodiment, a first set of three channels (e.g., RGB) are sent to link A and a second set of three channels (e.g., CMY) is sent to link B. Once they arrive at the image destination, they are recombined. 2, or System 3 can be used as described. If four color components are used, two of the channels are set to “0”. If five color components are used, one of the channels is set to “0”. Advantageously, this transportation method works for all primary systems described herein that include up to six color components. [00184] COMPARISON OF THREE SYSTEMS [00185] Advantageously, System 1 fits within legacy SDI, CTA, and Ethernet transports. Additionally, System 1 has zero latency processing for conversion to an RGB display. However, System 1 is limited to 11-bit words. [00186] System 2 is advantageously operable to transport 6 channels using 16-bit words with no compression. Additionally, System 2 fits within newer SDI, CTA, and Ethernet transport formats. However, System 2 requires double bit rate speed. For example, a 4K image requires a data rate for an 8K RGB image. [00187] In comparison, System 3 is operable to transport up to 6 channels using 16-bit words with compression and at the same data required for a specific resolution. For example, a data rate for an RGB image is the same as for a 6P image using System 3. However, System 3 requires a twin cable connection within the video system. [00188] NOMENCLATURE [00189] In one embodiment, a standard video nomenclature is used to better describe each system. [00190] R describes red data as linear light (e.g., without a non-linear function applied). G describes green data as linear light. B describes blue data as linear light. C describes cyan data as linear light. M describes magenta data as linear light. Yc and/or Y describe yellow data as linear light. G’ describes green data as non-linear light. B’ describes blue data as non-linear light. C’ describes cyan data as non-linear light. M’ describes magenta data as non-linear light. Yc’ and/or Y’ describe yellow data as non-linear light. [00192] Y6 describes the luminance sum of RGBCMY data. YRGB describes a System 2 encode that is the linear luminance sum of the RGB data. YCMY describes a System 2 encode that is the linear luminance sum of the CMY data. [00193] CR describes the data value of red after subtracting linear image luminance. CB describes the data value of blue after subtracting linear image luminance. CC describes the data value of cyan after subtracting linear image luminance. CY describes the data value of yellow after subtracting linear image luminance. [00194] Y’RGB describes a System 2 encode that is the nonlinear luminance sum of the RGB data. Y’CMY describes a System 2 encode that is the nonlinear luminance sum of the CMY data. -Y describes the sum of RGB data subtracted from Y6. [00195] C’R describes the data value of red after subtracting nonlinear image luminance. C’B describes the data value of blue after subtracting nonlinear image luminance. C’C describes the data value of cyan after subtracting nonlinear image luminance. C’Y describes the data value of yellow after subtracting nonlinear image luminance. [00196] B+Y describes a System 1 encode that includes either blue or yellow data. G+M describes a System 1 encode that includes either green or magenta data. R+C describes a System 1 encode that includes either green or magenta data. [00197] CR+CC describes a System 1 encode that includes either color difference data. CB+CY describes a System 1 encode that includes either color difference data. [00198] 4:4:4 describes full bandwidth sampling of a color in an RGB system.4:4:4:4:4:4 describes full sampling of a color in an RGBCMY system.4:2:2 describes an encode where a components are half sampled as a Cb Cr encode.4:2:2:2:2 describes an encode where a full bandwidth luminance channel (Y) is used to carry image detail and the remaining components are half sampled as a Cb Cr Cy Cc encode.4:2:0 describes a component system similar to 4:2:2, but where Cr and Cb samples alternate per line.4:2:0:2:0 describes a component system similar to 4:2:2, but where Cr, Cb, Cy, and Cc samples alternate per line. [00199] Constant luminance is the signal process where luminance (Y) values are calculated in linear light. Non-constant luminance is the signal process where luminance (Y) values are calculated in nonlinear light. [00200] DERIVING COLOR COMPONENTS [00201] When using a color difference method (4:2:2), several components need specific processing so that they can be used in lower frequency transports. These are derived as: [00202] [00203] ^00712
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0004
[00204] [00205] [00206]
Figure imgf000034_0002
[00207] The ratios for Cr, Cb, Cc, and Cy are also valid in linear light calcuations. [00208] Magenta can be calculated as follows: [00209]
Figure imgf000034_0003
[00210] SYSTEM 1 [00211] In one embodiment, the multi-primary color system is compatible with legacy systems. A backwards compatible multi-primary color system is defined by a sampling method is 4:2:2. In another embodiment, the sampling method is 4:2:0. In one embodiment of a backwards compatible multi-primary color system, new encode and decode systems are divided into the steps of performing base encoding and digitization, image data stacking, mapping into the standard data transport, readout, unstacking, and image decoding (“System 1”). In one embodiment, System 1 combines opposing color primaries within three standard transport channels and identifies them by their code value. In one embodiment of a backwards compatible multi-primary color system, the processes are analog processes. In another embodiment of a backwards compatible multi-primary color system, the processes are digital processes. [00212] In one embodiment, the sampling method for a multi-primary color system is a 4:4:4 sampling method. Black and white bits are redefined. In one embodiment, putting black at midlevel within each data word allows the addition of CMY color data. [00213] FIG.6 illustrates an embodiment of an encode and decode system for a multi- primary color system. In one embodiment, the multi-primary color encode and decode system is divided into a base encoder and digitation, image data stacking, mapping into the standard data transport, readout, unstack, and finally image decoding (“System 1”). In one embodiment, the method of this system combines opposing color primaries within the three standard transport channels and identifies them by their code value. In one embodiment, the encode and decode for a multi-primary color system are analog-based. In another embodiment, the encode and decode for a multi-primary color system are digital-based. System 1 is designed to be compatible with lower bandwidth systems and allows a maximum of 11 bits per channel and is limited to sending only three channels of up to six primaries at a time. In one embodiment, it does this by using a stacking system where either the color channel. [00214] SYSTEM 2 [00215] FIG.7 illustrates a sequential method where three color primaries are passed to the transport format as full bit level image data and inserted as normal (“System 2”). The three additional channels are delayed by one pixel and then placed into the transport instead of the first colors. This method is useful in situations where quantizing artifacts is critical to image performance. In one embodiment, this system is comprised of six primaries (RGBCMY), a method to delay the CMY colors for injection, image resolution identification to all for pixel count synchronization, start of video identification, RGB delay, and for YCCCCC systems, logic to select the dominant color primary. The advantage of System 2 is that full bit level video can be transported, but at double the normal data rate. [00216] SYSTEM 2A [00217] System 2 sequences on a pixel to pixel basis. However, a quadrature method is also possible (“System 2A”) that is operable to transport six primaries in stereo or twelve primary image information. Each quadrant of the frame contains three color primary data sets. These are combined in the display. A first set of three primaries is displayed in the upper left quadrant, a second set of three primaries is displayed in the upper right quadrant, a third set of primaries is displayed in the lower left quadrant, and a fourth set of primaries is displayed in lower right quadrant. In one embodiment, the first set of three primaries, the second set of three primaries, the third set of three primaries, and the fourth set of three primaries do not contain any overlapping primaries (i.e., twelve different primaries). Alternatively, the first set of three primaries, the second set of three primaries, the third set of three primaries, and the fourth set of three primaries contain overlapping primaries (i.e., at least one primary is contained in more than one set of three primaries). In one embodiment, and the second set of three primaries and the fourth set of three primaries contain the same primaries. [00218] FIG.8A illustrates one embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”). In the example shown in FIG.8A, a first set of three primaries (e.g., RGB) is displayed in the upper left quadrant, a second set of three primaries (e.g., CMY) is displayed in the upper right quadrant, a third set of three primaries (e.g., GC, BM, and RY) is displayed in the lower left quadrant, and a fourth set of three primaries (e.g., MR, YG, and CB) is displayed in the lower right quadrant. Although the example shown in FIG.8A illustrates a backwards compatible 12P system, this is merely for illustrative purposes. The present invention is not limited to the twelve primaries shown in FIG.8A. Additionally, alternative pixel arrangements are compatible with the present invention. [00219] FIG.8B illustrates another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”). In the example shown in FIG.8B, a first set of three primaries (e.g., RGB) is displayed in the upper left quadrant, a second set of three primaries (e.g., CMY) is displayed in the upper right quadrant, a third set of three primaries (e.g., GC, BM, and RY) is displayed in the lower left quadrant, and a fourth set of three primaries (e.g., MR, YG, and CB) is displayed in the lower right quadrant. Although the example shown in FIG.8B illustrates a backwards compatible 12P system, this is merely for illustrative purposes. The present invention is not limited to the twelve primaries shown in FIG.8B. Additionally, alternative pixel arrangements are compatible with the present invention. [00220] FIG.8C illustrates yet another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”). In the example shown in FIG.8C, a first set of three primaries (e.g., RGB) is displayed in the upper left quadrant, a second set of three primaries (e.g., CMY) is displayed in the upper right quadrant, a third set of three primaries (e.g., GC, BM, and RY) is displayed in the the lower right quadrant. Although the example shown in FIG.8C illustrates a backwards compatible 12P system, this is merely for illustrative purposes. The present invention is not limited to the twelve primaries shown in FIG.8C. Additionally, alternative pixel arrangements are compatible with the present invention. [00221] FIG.9A illustrates an embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”) in stereo. In the example shown in FIG.9A, a first set of three primaries (e.g., RGB) is displayed in the upper left quadrant, a second set of three primaries (e.g., CMY) is displayed in the upper right quadrant, a third set of three primaries (e.g., RGB) is displayed in the lower left quadrant, and a fourth set of three primaries (e.g., CMY) is displayed in the lower right quadrant. This embodiment allows for separation of the left eye with the first set of three primaries and the second set of three primaries and the right eye with the third set of three primaries and the fourth set of three primaries. Alternatively, a first set of three primaries (e.g., RGB) is displayed in the upper left quadrant, a second set of three primaries (e.g., RGB) is displayed in the upper right quadrant, a third set of three primaries (e.g., CMY) is displayed in the lower left quadrant, and a fourth set of three primaries (e.g., CMY) is displayed in the lower right quadrant. Alternative pixel arrangements and primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00222] FIG.9B illustrates another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”) in stereo. Alternative pixel arrangements and primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00223] FIG.9C illustrates yet another embodiment of a quadrature method (“System 2A”) in stereo. Alternative pixel arrangements and primaries are compatible with the present invention. (e.g., 12P and 6P) on a conventional monitor. Additionally, System 2A allows for a simplistic viewing of false color, which is useful in the production process and allows for visualizing relationships between colors. It also allows for display of multiple projectors (e.g., a first projector, a second projector, a third projector, and a fourth projector). [00225] SYSTEM 3 [00226] FIG.10 illustrates one embodiment of a system encode and decode process using a dual link method (“System 3”). System 3 utilizes a dual link method where two wires are used. In one embodiment, RGB is sent to link A and CMY is sent to link B. After arriving at the image destination, the two links are recombined. Alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00227] System 3 is simpler and more straight forward than Systems 1 and 2. The advantage with this system is that adoption is simply to format non-RGB primaries (e.g., CMY) on a second link. So, in one example, for an SDI design, RGB is sent on a standard SDI stream just as it is currently done. There is no modification to the transport and this link is operable to be sent to any RGB display requiring only the compensation for the luminance difference because the non-RGB primaries (e.g., CMY) components are not included. Data for the non-RGB primaries (e.g., CMY data) is transported in the same manner as RGB data. This data is then combined in the display to make up a 6P image. The downside is that the system requires two wires to move one image. This system is operable to work with most any format including SMPTE ST292, 424, 2082, and 2110. It also is operable to work with dual HDMI/CTA connections. In one embodiment, the system includes at least one transfer function (e.g., OETF, EOTF). method. Alternative numbers of primaries and alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00229] FIG.12 illustrates one embodiment of a decoding process using a dual link method. Alternative numbers of primaries and alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00230] SYSTEM 4 [00231] Color is generally defined by three component data levels (e.g., RGB, YCbCr). A serial data stream must accommodate a word for each color contributor (e.g., R, G, B). Use of more than three primaries requires accommodations to fit this data based on an RGB concept. This is why System 1, System 2, and System 3 use stacking, sequencing, and/or dual links. Multiple words are required to define a single pixel, which is inefficient because not all values are needed. [00232] In a preferred embodiment, color is defined as a colorimetric coordinate. Thus, every color is defined by three words. Serial systems are already based on three color contributors (e.g., RGB). System 4 preferably uses XYZ or Yxy as the three color contributors. System 4 preferably uses two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance or a luma. In one embodiment, System 4 includes, but is not limited to, Yxy, L*a*b*, ICTCP, YCbCr, YUV, Yu'v', YPbPr, YIQ, and/or XYZ. In a preferred embodiment, System 4 uses color contributors that are independent of a white point and/or a reference white value. Alternatively, System 4 uses color contributors that are not independent of a white point and/or a reference white value (e.g., YCbCr, L*a*b*). In another embodiment, System 4 uses color contributors that require at least one known primaries (e.g., ICTCP). In yet another embodiment, L*C*h or other non-rectangular coordinate systems (e.g., cylindrical, polar) are compatible with the present invention. In one embodiment, a polar system is defined from that is similar to C* in an L*C*h polar system. However, when converting Yxy to a polar system, θ is restricted from 0 to 90 degrees because x and y are always non-negative. In one embodiment, the θ angle is expanded by applying a transform (e.g., an affine transform) to x, y data wherein the x, y values of the white point of the system (e.g., D65) are subtracted from the x, y data such that the x, y data includes negative values. Thus, θ ranges from 0 to 360 degrees and the polar plot of the Yxy data is operable to occupy more than one quadrant. [00233] XYZ has been used in cinema for over 10 years. XYZ needs 16-bit float and 32- bit float encode or a minimum of 12 bits for gamma or log encoded images for better quality. Transport of XYZ must be accomplished using a 4:4:4 sample system. Less than a 4:4:4 sample system causes loss of image detail because Y is used as a coordinate along with X and Z and carries color information, not a value. Further, X and Z are not orthogonal to Y and, therefore, also include luminance information. Advantageously, converting to Yxy or Yu'v' concentrates the luminance in Y only, leaving two independent and pure chromaticity values. In one embodiment, X, Y, and Z are used to calculate x and y. Alternatively, X, Y, and Z are used to calculate u' and v'. [00234] However, if Y or an equivalent component is used as a luminance value with two independent colorimetric coordinates (e.g., x and y, u' and v', u and v, etc.) used to describe color, then a system using subsampling is possible because of differing visual sensitivity to color and luminance. In one embodiment, I or L* components are used instead of Y, wherein I and/or L* data are created using gamma functions. As a non-limiting example, I is created using a 0.5 gamma function, while L* is created using a 1/3 gamma function. In these embodiments, additional gamma encoding is not applied to the data as part of transport. The system is operable to use any two independent colorimetric coordinates with similar properties to x and y, u’ and v’, and/or u and v. In a preferred embodiment, the two preferred embodiment, the two colorimetric coordinates are u' and v' and the system is a Yu'v' system. Advantageously, the two independent colorimetric coordinates (e.g., x and y) are independent of a white point. Further, this reduces the complexity of the system when compared to XYZ, which includes a luminance value for all three channels (i.e., X, Y, and Z). Further, this also provides an advantage for subsampling (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0 and 4:1:1). In one embodiment, other systems (e.g., ICTCP and L*a*b*) require a white point in calculations. However, a conversion matrix using the white point of [1,1,1] is operable to be used for ICTCP and L*a*b*, which would remove the white point reference. The white point reference is operable to then be recaptured because it is the white point of [1,1,1] in XYZ space. In a preferred embodiment, the image data includes a reference to at least one white point. [00235] Current technology uses components derived from the legacy NTSC television system. Encoding described in SMPTE, ITU, and CTA standards includes methods using subsampling as 4:2:2, 4:2:0, and 4:1:1. Advantageously, this allows for color transportation of more than three primaries, including, but not limited to, at least four primaries, at least five primaries, at least six primaries, at least seven primaries, at least eight primaries, at least nine primaries, at least ten primaries, at least eleven primaries, and/or at least twelve primaries (e.g., through a SMPTE ST292 or an HDMI 1.2 transport). [00236] System 1, System 2, and System 3 use a YCbCr expansion to transport six color primary data sets, and the same transport (e.g., a YCbCr expansion) is operable to accommodate the image information as Yxy where Y is the luminance information and x,y describe CIE 1931 color coordinates in the half sample segments of the data stream (e.g., 4:2:2). Alternatively, x,y are fully sampled (e.g., 4:4:4). In yet another embodiment, the sampling rate is 4:2:0 or 4:1:1. In still another embodiment, the same transport is operable to one embodiment, the same transport is operable to accommodate data set using one channel of luminance data and two channels of colorimetric data. Alternatively, the same transport is operable to accommodate the image information as Yu'v' with full sampling (e.g., 4:4:4) or partial sampling (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1). In one embodiment, the same transport is used with full sampling (e.g., XYZ). [00237] Advantageously, there is no need to add more channels, nor is there any need to separate the luminance information from the color components. Further, for example, x,y have no reference to any primaries because x,y are explicit colorimetric positions. In the Yxy space, x and y are chromaticity coordinates such that x and y can be used to define a gamut of visible color. Similarly, in the Yu'v' space, u' and v' are explicit colorimetric positions. It is possible to define a gamut of visible color in other formats (e.g., L*a*b*, ICTCP, YCbCr), but it is not always trivial. To determine if a color is visible in Yxy space, it must be determined if the sum of x and y is greater than or equal to zero. If not, the color is not visible. If the x,y point is within the CIE x,y locus (CIE horseshoe), the color is visible. If not, the color is not visible. The Y value plays a role especially in a display. In one embodiment, the display is operable to reproduce an x,y color within a certain range of Y values, wherein the range is a function of the primaries. Another advantage is that an image can be sent as linear data (e.g., without a non-linear function applied) with a non-linear function (e.g., opto- optical transfer function (OOTF)) added after the image is received, rather than requiring a non-linear function (e.g., OOTF) applied to the signal. This allows for a much simpler encode and decode system. In one embodiment, only Y, L*, or I are altered by a non-linear function. Alternatively, Y, L*, or I are sent linearly (e.g., without a non-linear function applied). [00238] FIG.13 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode with an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF). Image data is acquired in any format operable to be converted to the Yxy data is processed through an OETF. The processed Yxy data is then converted to a standardized transportation format for mapping and readout. Advantageously, x and y remain as independent colorimetric coordinates and the non-linear function (e.g., OETF, log, gamma, PQ) is only applied to Y, thus avoiding compression or loss of colorimetric data. In one embodiment, the OETF is described in ITU-R BT.2100 or ITU-R BT.1886. Advantageously, Y is orthogonal to x and y, and remains orthogonal to x and y even when a non-linear function is applied. Although the example shown includes Yxy data, System 4 is compatible with a plurality of data formats including data formats using one luminance coordinate and two colorimetric coordinates. [00239] There are many different RGB sets so the matrix used to convert the image data from a set of RGB primaries to XYZ will involve a specific solution given the RGB values: [00240] In an embodiment where th
Figure imgf000044_0001
e mage aa s - aa, e o owng equa on s used to convert to XYZ data:
Figure imgf000044_0002
[00241] In an embodiment where the image data is 6P-C data with a D60 white point, the following equation is used to convert to XYZ data: /^2 1 [ f / [
Figure imgf000045_0001
[00244] FIG.14 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy encode without an OETF. Image data is acquired in any format operable to be converted to XYZ data (e.g., RGB, RGBCMY, CMYK). The XYZ data is then converted to Yxy data, and then converted to a standardized transportation format for mapping and readout. Although the example in FIG.14 shows a Yxy encode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00245] FIG.15 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). After mapping and readout, the data is processed through an EOTF to yield the Yxy data. The Yxy data is then converted back to the XYZ data. The XYZ data is operable to be converted to multiple data formats including, but not limited to, RGB, CMYK, 6P (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C), and gamuts including at least four primaries through at least twelve used with a plurality of data formats. [00246] Finally, the XYZ data must converted to the correct standard color space. In an embodiment where the color gamut used is a 6P-B color gamut, the following equations are used: ^ 3.240625 −1.537208 −0.498629 0 /^2 = /−0.968931 1.875756 0.0415182 /^2 ^ ^<"& 0.055710 −0.204021 1.056996 14^^ ^ −3.496203 2.798197 1.400100 0
Figure imgf000046_0001
/^ 2 = /2.822710 −2.324505 0.5891732 /^2 ^ ^<"& 1.295195 0.790883 −0.938342 14^^ [00247] In an embodiment where the color gamut used is a 6P-C color gamut with a D60
Figure imgf000046_0002
white point, the following equations are used: ^ 2.402666 −0.897456 −0.388041 0 /^2 /−08326 169204 0023122 /^2 ^^<" ^ /^ 2 ^ ^<
Figure imgf000046_0003
[00248] In another embodiment where the color used is a 6P-C color gamut with a D65 white point, the following equations are used: ^ 2.479190 −0.919911 −0.400759 0 /^2 14 1.762731 0.0235852 /^2 ^^<" 3 −0.076852 0.957005 14^^
Figure imgf000046_0004
^ 25 2.444939 1.309331 0 /^ 2 2 −2.180032 0.5752662 /^2 ^ ^<" 3 0.982883 −1.030246 14^^
Figure imgf000046_0005
Figure imgf000046_0006
[00249] In an embodiment where the color gamut used is an ITU-R BT709.6 color gamut, the matrices are as follows: ^ 3.2405 −1.5371 −0.4985 0 / ^ 2 = /−0.9693 1.8760 0.04162 / ^ 2 ^&F.^^' 0.0556 −0.2040 1.0572 1 [00250] In an embodiment where the color gamut used is a SMPTE RP431-2 color gamut, the matrices are as follows: /^2 = /−0.7952 1.6897 0.02262 /^2 ^ !<%^^ 0.0412 −0.0876 1.1009 1 [00251] In an embodiment where the color gamut used is an ITU-R BT.2020/2100 color gamut, the matrices are as follows: ^ 1.7166512 −0.3556708 −0.2533663 0 /^2 = /−0.6666844 1.6164812 0.01576852 /^2 ^ &F(^(^ 0.0176399 −0.0427706 0.9421031 1 [00252] To convert the Yxy data to the XYZ data, the following equations are used: ^ x ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 1 ^ x ^ y ^ ^ Y ^ Y X ^ Y Z ^ ^ ^ Y [00253] FIG.16 illustrates
Figure imgf000047_0001
o e e o e o a y eco e w ou a . e mapping and readout, the Yxy data is then converted to the XYZ data. The XYZ data is operable to be converted to multiple data formats including, but not limited to, RGB, CMYK, 6P (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C), and gamuts including at least four primaries through at least twelve primaries. Although the example in FIG.16 shows a Yxy encode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00254] FIG.17 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode with an OETF. A full bandwidth luminance channel (Y) is used to carry image detail and the remaining color coordinate components (e.g., x,y) are half sampled. In the example shown in FIG.17, the Yxy data undergoes a 4:2:2 encode. Other encoding methods (e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:0, 4:1:1) are compatible with the present invention. Other quantization methods and bit depths are also compatible with the present invention. In one embodiment, the bit depth is 8 bits, 10 bits, 12 bits, 14 bits, and/or 16 bits. In one embodiment, the Yxy values are sampled as floats. Although the example in FIG.17 shows a Yxy decode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00255] FIG.18 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 Yxy encode without an OETF. In the example shown in FIG.18, the Yxy data undergoes a 4:2:2 encode. Other encoding example in FIG.18 shows a Yxy encode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00256] FIG.19 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode with an OETF. A full bandwidth luminance channel (Y) is used to carry image detail and the remaining color coordinate components (e.g., x,y) are also fully sampled. In the example shown in FIG.19, the Yxy data undergoes a 4:4:4 encode. Other encoding methods (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1) are compatible with the present invention. Although the example in FIG.19 shows a Yxy encode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00257] FIG.20 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 Yxy encode without an OETF. In the example shown in FIG.20, the Yxy data undergoes a 4:4:4 encode. Other encoding methods (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1) are compatible with the present invention. Although the example in FIG.20 shows a Yxy encode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00258] FIG.21 illustrates sample placements of Yxy system components for a 4:2:2 pixel mapping. A plurality of pixels (e.g., P00-P35) is shown in FIG.21. The first subscript number refers to a row number and the second subscript number refers to a column number. For pixel P00, ^G I HF^^ is the luma and the color components are JGHF^^ and KGHF^^. For pixel P01, ^G I HF^^ is the luma. For pixel P10, ^G I HF^^ is the luma and the color components are JGHF^^ and KGHF^^. For pixel P11, ^G I HF^^ is the luma. In one embodiment, the luma and the color components (e.g., the set of image data) corresponding to a particular pixel (e.g., P00) is used to calculate color and brightness of subpixels. Although the example shown in FIG.21 includes luma, it is equally possible that the data is sent linearly as luminance (e.g., YINT00). Further, although the example in FIG.21 includes Yxy system components, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. mapping. A plurality of pixels (e.g., P00-P35) is shown in FIG.22. The first subscript number refers to a row number and the second subscript number refers to a column number. For pixel P00, ^G I HF^^ is the luma and the color components are JGHF^^ and KGHF^^. For pixel P01, ^G I HF^^ is the luma. For pixel P10, ^G I HF^^ is the luma. For pixel P11, ^G I HF^^ is the luma. In one embodiment, the luma and the color components corresponding to a particular pixel (e.g., P00) is used to calculate color and brightness of subpixels. Although the example shown in FIG.22 includes luma, it is equally possible that the data is sent linearly as luminance (e.g., YINT00). Further, Although the example in FIG.22 includes Yxy system components, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00260] In one embodiment, the set of image data includes pixel mapping data. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in a color space. In a preferred embodiment, the color space is a Yxy color space (e.g., 4:2:2). In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in the color space (e.g., Yxy color space, Yu'v'). [00261] Table 6 illustrates mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:2:2 sampling of Yxy data. Table 7 illustrates mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:4:4 linear and non-linear sampling of Yxy data. The present invention is compatible with a plurality of data formats (e.g., Yu'v') and not restricted to Yxy data. [00262] TABLE 6
Figure imgf000049_0001
[00263] TABLE 7 p g pg p p y Depth [0
Figure imgf000050_0001
. y y pp g. fit a Yxy system into a SMPTE ST292 stream involves the following substitutions: ^G I HF is placed in the Y data segments, JGHF is placed in the Cr data segments, and KGHF is placed in the Cb data segments. In a preferred embodiment, luminance or luma is placed in the Y data segments, a first colorimetric coordinate is placed in the Cr data segments, and a second colorimetric coordinate is placed in the Cb data segments. Although the example in FIG.23 shows a Yxy system mapping, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats (e.g., Yu'v'). [00265] FIG.24 illustrates one embodiment of a SMPTE ST2082 Yxy system mapping. To fit a Yxy system into a SMPTE ST292 stream involves the following substitutions: ^G I HF is placed in the G data segments, JGHF is placed in the R data segments, and KGHF is placed in the B data segments. In a preferred embodiment, luminance or luma is placed in the G data segments, a first colorimetric coordinate is placed in the R data segments, and a second colorimetric coordinate is placed in the B data segments. Although the example in FIG.24 shows a Yxy system mapping, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats (e.g., Yu'v'). Although the example in FIG.25 shows a Yxy system mapping, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00267] FIG.26 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode with an EOTF. In one embodiment, a non-linear function is applied to the luminance to create a luma. The non- linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates. Although the example in FIG.26 shows a Yxy decode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00268] FIG.27 illustrates one embodiment of a Yxy decode without an EOTF. In one embodiment, data is sent linearly as luminance. A non-linear function (e.g., EOTF) is not applied to the luminance or the two colorimetric coordinates. Although the example in FIG. 27 shows a Yxy decode, System 4 is operable to be used with a plurality of data formats. [00269] Advantageously, XYZ is used as the basis of ACES for cinematographers and allows for the use of colors outside of the ITU-R BT.709 and/or the P3 color spaces, encompassing all of the CIE color space. Colorists often work in XYZ, so there is widespread familiarity with XYZ. Further, XYZ is used for other standards (e.g., JPEG 2000, Digital Cinema Initiatives (DCI)), which could be easily adapted for System 4. Additionally, most color spaces use XYZ as the basis for conversion, so the conversions between XYZ and most color spaces are well understood and documented. Many professional displays also have XYZ option as a color reference function. [00270] In one embodiment, the image data converter includes at least one look-up table (LUT). In one embodiment, the at least one look-up table maps out of gamut colors to zero. In one embodiment, the at least one look-up table maps out of gamut colors to a periphery of visible colors. [00271] TRANSFER FUNCTIONS both encode and/or decode processes. Current practices used in standards include, but are not limited to, ITU-R BT.1886, ITU-R BT.2020, SMPTE ST274, SMPTE ST296, SMPTE ST2084, and ITU-R BT.2100. These standards are compatible with this system and require no modification. [00273] Encoding and decoding multi-primary (e.g., 6P, RGBC) images is formatted into several different configurations to adapt to image transport frequency limitations. The highest quality transport is obtained by keeping all components as multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY) components. This uses the highest sampling frequencies and requires the most signal bandwidth. An alternate method is to sum the image details in a luminance channel at full bandwidth and then send the color difference signals at half or quarter sampling (e.g., Y Cr Cb Cc Cy). This allows a similar image to pass through lower bandwidth transports. [00274] An IPT system is a similar idea to the Yxy system with several exceptions. An IPT system or an ICTCP system is still an extension of XYZ and is operable to be derived from RGB and multiprimary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC) color coordinates. An IPT color description can be substituted within a 4:4:4 sampling structure, but XYZ has already been established and does not require the same level of calculations. For an ICTCP transport system, similar substitutions can be made. However, both substitution systems are limited in that a non-linear function (e.g., OOTF) is contained in all three components. Although the non-linear function can be removed for IPT or ICTCP, the derivation would still be based on a set of RGB primaries with a white point reference. Removing the non-linear function may also alter the bit depth noise and compressibility. [00275] For transport, simple substitutions can be made using the foundation of what is described with transport of XYZ for the use of IPT in current systems as well as the current standards used for ICTCP. [00277] FIG.28B illustrates one embodiment of an IPT 4:4:4 decode. [00278] FIG.29A illustrates one embodiment of an ICTCP 4:2:2 encode. [00279] FIG.29B illustrates one embodiment of an ICTCP 4:2:2 decode. [00280] Transfer functions used in systems 1, 2, and 3 are generally framed around two basic implementations. For images displaying using a standard dynamic range, the transfer functions are defined within two standards. The OETF is defined in ITU-R BT.709-6, table 1, row 1.2. The inverse function, the EOTF, is defined in ITU-R BT.1886. For high dynamic range imaging, the perceptual quantizer (PQ) and hybrid log-gamma (HLG) curves are described in ITU-R BT.2100-2: 2018, table 4. [00281] System 4 is operable to use any of the transfer functions, which can be applied to the Y component. However, to improve compatibility and to simplify conversion between standard transfer functions, a new method has been developed: a ½ gamma function. Advantageously, the ½ gamma function allows for a single calculation from the luminance (e.g., Y) component of the signal (e.g., Yxy signal) to the display. Advantageously, the ½ gamma function is designed for data efficiency, not as an optical transform function. In one embodiment, the ½ gamma function is used instead of a nonlinear function (e.g., OETF or EOTF). In one embodiment, signal input to the ½ gamma function is assumed to be linear and constrained between values of 0 and 1. In one embodiment, the ½ gamma function is optimized for 10-bit transport and/or 12-bit transport. Alternatively, the ½ gamma function is optimized for 14-bit transport and/or 16-bit transport. In an alternative embodiment, the ½ gamma function is optimized for 8-bit transport. A typical implementation applies an inverse of the ½ gamma function, which linearizes the signal. A conversion to a display gamut is then applied. [00282] FIG.103 illustrates one embodiment of a ½ gamma function. [ ] , p y ( embodiment, a display gamma is calculated as N = L P O , where Q is a desired final EOTF. Advantageously, using the ½ gamma function with the display gamma combines the functions into a single step rather than utilizing a two-step conversion process. In one embodiment, at least one tone curve is applied after the ½ gamma function. The ½ gamma function advantageously provides ease to convert to and from linear values. Given that all color and tone mapping has to be done in the linear domain, having a simple to implement conversion is desirable and makes the conversion to and from linear values easier and simpler. [00284] FIG.104 illustrates a graph of maximum quantizing error using the ½ gamma function. The maximum quantizing error from an original 16-bit image (black trace) to a 10- bit (blue trace) signal is shown in the graph. In the embodiment shown in the graph, the maximum quantizing error is less than 0.1% (e.g., 0.0916%) for 16-bit to 10-bit conversion using the ½ gamma function. This does not include any camera log functions designed into a camera. The graph also shows the maximum quantizing error from the original 16-bit image to a 12-bit (red trace) signal and a 14-bit (green trace) signal. [00285] While a ½ gamma is ideal for converting images with 16-bit (e.g., 16-bit float) values to 12-bit (e.g., 12-bit integer) values, for other data sets a 1/3 gamma provides equivalent performance in terms of peak signal-to-noise ratio (PSNR). For HDR content, which has a wider luminance dynamic range (e.g., up to 1000 cd/m2), the 1/3 gamma conversion from 16-bit float maintains the same performance as ½ gamma. In one embodiment, an equation for finding an optimum value of gamma is: SLTUVUW ^YT ZU[Tℎ R = − log(^^YLY`a` bcd3T e3caU^ Floating-Point Arithmetic (IEEE 754) (July 2019), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, the range of image values is normalized to between 0 and 1. The range of image values is preferably normalized to between 0 and 1 and then the gamma function is applied. [00287] For example, for an HDR system (e.g., with a luminance dynamic range of 1000- 4000 cd/m2), the above equation becomes: SLTUVUW ^YT ZU[Tℎ R = − l ^^ ` ` ^ ^ ^ ^
Figure imgf000055_0001
[00288] FIG.108 illustrates one embodiment of a 1/3 gamma function. [00289] ENCODER AND DECODER [00290] In one embodiment, the multi-primary system includes an encoder operable to accept image data input (e.g., RAW, SDI, HDMI, DisplayPort, ethernet). In one embodiment, the image data input is from a camera, a computer, a processor, a flash memory card, a network (e.g., local area network (LAN)), or any other file storage or transfer medium operable to provide image data input. The encoder is operable to send processed image data (e.g., Yxy, XYZ, Yu'v') to a decoder (e.g., via wired or wireless communication). The decoder is operable to send formatted image data (e.g., SDI, HDMI, Ethernet, DisplayPort, Yxy, XYZ, Yu'v', legacy RGB, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBC, RGBCMY, etc.)) to at least one viewing device (e.g., display, monitor, projector) for display (e.g., via wired or wireless communication). In one embodiment, the decoder is operable to send formatted image data to at least two viewing devices simultaneously. In one embodiment, two or more of the at least two viewing devices use different color spaces and/or formats. In one example, the decoder sends formatted image data to a first viewing device in HDMI and a second viewing device in SDI. In another example, the decoder sends formatted image data as multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC) to a first viewing device and as legacy RGB (e.g., Rec.709) to a second SMPTE ST2022. Additionally or alternatively, the Ethernet formatted image data is compatible with SMPTE ST2110 and/or any internet protocol (IP)-based transport protocol for image data. [00291] The encoder and the decoder preferably include at least one processor. By way of example, and not limitation, the at least one processor may be a general-purpose microprocessor (e.g., a central processing unit (CPU)), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a microcontroller, a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), a Programmable Logic Device (PLD), a controller, a state machine, gated or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any other suitable entity or combinations thereof that can perform calculations, process instructions for execution, and/or other manipulations of information. In one embodiment, one or more of the at least one processor is operable to run predefined programs stored in at least one memory of the encoder and/or the decoder. [00292] The encoder and/or the decoder include hardware, firmware, and/or software. In one embodiment, the encoder and/or the decoder is operable to be inserted into third party software (e.g., via a dynamic-link library (DLL)). In one embodiment, functionality and/or features of the encoder and/or the decoder are combined for efficiency. [00293] FIG.105 illustrates one embodiment of an encoder. The encoder includes at least one encoder input (e.g., SDI, HDMI, SMPTE ST2110, SMPTE ST2022, DisplayPort, fiber, ethernet) and at least one encoder output (e.g., SDI, HDMI, SMPTE ST2110, SMPTE ST2022, Yxy SDI, Yxy HDMI, Yu'v' SDI, Yu'v' HDMI, DisplayPort, fiber, ethernet). The encoder preferably includes an encoder operations programming port operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the encoder. For example, the encoder operations programming port is operable to update library functions, internal formatting, camera encoder includes an encoder configuration central processing unit (CPU) operable to interface with at least one encoder memory. The encoder further includes an encoder equalizer, at least one encoder serial to parallel (S/P) converter (e.g., SDI S/P converter, HDMI S/P, Ethernet S/P converter), at least one encoder flash card reader, at least one Ethernet port, a DeBayer engine, a linear converter, a scaler (e.g., 0-1), at least one custom encoder LUT, a color channel-to-XYZ converter (e.g., RGB in Rec.709, P3, Rec.2020; 6P; multi-primary; ACES; custom), an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, an XYZ-to-Yu'v' converter, a gamma function (e.g., ½ gamma), an xy scaler, a u'v' scaler, a sampling selector (e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:2, 4:2:0), at least one encoder parallel to serial (P/S) converter (e.g., SDI P/S converter, HDMI P/S converter, Ethernet P/S converter), at least one encoder formatter (e.g., SDI formatter, HDMI formatter, Ethernet formatter), and/or a watermark engine. In one embodiment, the input data is operable to bypass any combination of processing stages and/or components in the encoder. [00294] The at least one encoder input includes, but is not limited to, an SDI input, an HDMI input, a DisplayPort input, an ethernet input, and/or a SMPTE ST2110 input. The SDI input preferably follows a modified version of SMPTE ST352 payload ID standard. In one embodiment, the SDI input is SMPTE ST292, SMPTE ST425, and/or SMPTE ST2082. In one embodiment, a video signal from the SDI input is then sent to the encoder equalizer to compensate for cable type and length. In one embodiment, the HDMI input is decoded with a standard HDMI receiver circuit. In one embodiment, the HDMI input is converted to a parallel format. In one embodiment, the HDMI input is defined within the CTA 861 standard. In another embodiment, the at least one encoder input includes image data (e.g., RAW data) from a flash device. The configuration CPU identifies a format on the flash card and/or a file type, and has software operable to read the image data and make it available to the encoder. encoder control system (e.g., via a micro universal serial bus (USB) or equivalent). In one embodiment, the encoder control system is operable to control the at least one encoder memory that holds tables for the DeBayer engine, load modifications to the linear converter and/or scaler, select the at least one input, loads a table for the at least one custom encoder LUT, bypass one or more of the at least one custom encoder LUT, bypass the DeBayer engine, add or modify conversion tables for the RGB to XYZ converter, modify the gamma function (e.g., a ½ gamma function), turn the watermark engine on or off, modify a digital watermark for the watermark engine, and/or perform functions for the flash memory player (e.g., play, stop, forward, fast forward, rewind, fast rewind, frame selection). [00296] In one embodiment, the at least one S/P converter is up to n bit for improved processing efficiency. The at least one S/P converter preferably formats the processed image data so that the encoder and/or the decoder is operable to use parallel processing. Advantageously, parallel processing keeps processing fast and minimizes latency. [00297] The at least one encoder formatter is operable to organize the serial stream as a proper format. In a preferred embodiment, the encoder includes a corresponding encoder formatter for each of the at least one encoder output. For example, if the encoder includes at least one HDMI output in the at least one encoder output, the encoder also includes at least one HDMI formatter in the at least one encoder formatter; if the encoder includes at least one SDI output in the at least one encoder output, the encoder also includes at least one SDI formatter in the at least one encoder formatter; if the encoder includes at least one Ethernet output in the at least one encoder output, the encoder also includes at least one Ethernet formatter in the at least one encoder formatter; and so forth. [00298] There is an advantage of inputting a RAW camera image to take advantage of the extended dynamic range and wider color gamut versus using a standard video input. In one In one embodiment, the raster image is a 3-channel image (e.g., RGB). In one embodiment, the DeBayer engine is bypassed for data that is not in a RAW image format. In one embodiment, the DeBayer engine is configured to accommodate at least three primaries (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, etc.) in the Bayer or stripe pattern. To handle all of the different DeBayer options, the operations programming port is operable to load a file with code required to adapt a specific Bayer pattern. For images that are not RAW, a bypass path is provided and switched to and from using the encoder configuration CPU. In one embodiment, the encoder is operable to recognize the image data format and select the correct path automatically. Alternatively, the image data format is included in metadata. [00299] The encoder configuration CPU is operable to recognize an input nonlinearity value and provide an inverse value to the linear converter to linearize the image data. The scaler is operable to map out of gamut values into in gamut values. [00300] In one embodiment, the at least one custom encoder LUT is operable to transform an input (e.g., a standard from a manufacturer) to XYZ, Yxy, or Yu'v'. Examples of the input include, but are not limited to, RED Log3G10, ARRI log C, ACEScc, SONY S-Log, CANON Log, PANASONIC V Log, PANAVISION Panalog, and/or BLACK MAGIC CinemaDNG. In one embodiment, the at least one custom encoder LUT is operable to transform the input to an output according to artistic needs. In one embodiment, the encoder does not include the color channel-to-XYZ converter or the XYZ-to-Yxy converter, as this functionality is incorporated into the at least one custom encoder LUT. In one embodiment, the at least one custom encoder LUT is a 65-cube look-up table. The at least one custom encoder LUT is preferably compatible with ACES Common LUT Format (CLF) -- A Common File Format for Look-Up Tables S-2014-006, which was published July 22, 2021 and which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, the at least preferably operable to be loaded through the operations programming port. If no LUT is required, the encoder configuration CPU is operable to bypass the at least one custom encoder LUT. [00301] In one embodiment, RGB or multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC) data is converted into XYZ data using the color channel-to-XYZ converter. In a preferred embodiment, a white point value for the original video data (e.g., RGB, RGBCMY) is stored in one or more of the at least one encoder memory. The encoder configuration CPU is operable to provide an adaption calculation using the white point value. The XYZ-to-Yxy converter is operable to convert XYZ data to Yxy data. Advantageously, the Yxy image data is segmented into a luminance value and a set of colorimetric values, the relationship between Y and x,y is operable to be manipulated to use lower data rates. Similarly, the XYZ-to-Yu'v' converter is operable to convert XYZ data to Yu'v' data, and the conversion is operable to be manipulated to use lower data rates. Any system with a luminance value and a set of colorimetric values is compatible with the present invention. The configuration CPU is operable to set the sample selector to fit one or more of the at least one encoder output. In one embodiment, the sampling selector sets a sampling structure (e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1). The sampling selector is preferably controlled by the encoder configuration CPU. In a preferred embodiment, the sampling selector also places each component in the correct serial data position as shown in Table 8. [00302] TABLE 8
Figure imgf000060_0001
[00303] The watermark engine is operable to modify an image from an original image to include a digital watermark. In one embodiment, the digital watermark is outside of the ITU- R BT.2020 color gamut. In one embodiment, the digital watermark is compressed, collapsed, and/or mapped to an edge of the smaller color gamut such that it is not visible and/or not detectable when displayed on a viewing device with a smaller color gamut than ITU-R BT.2020. In another embodiment, the digital watermark is not visible and/or not detectable when displayed on a viewing device with an ITU-R BT.2020 color gamut. In one embodiment, the digital watermark is a watermark image (e.g., logo), alphanumeric text (e.g., unique identification code), and/or a modification of pixels. In one embodiment, the digital watermark is invisible to the naked eye. In a preferred embodiment, the digital watermark is perceptible when decoded by an algorithm. In one embodiment, the algorithm uses an encryption key to decode the digital watermark. In another embodiment, the digital watermark is visible in a non-obtrusive manner (e.g., at the bottom right of the screen). The digital watermark is preferably detectable after size compression, scaling, cropping, and/or screenshots. In yet another embodiment, the digital watermark is an imperceptible change in sound and/or video. In one embodiment, the digital watermark is a pattern (e.g., a random pattern, a fixed pattern) using a luminance difference (e.g., 1 bit luminance difference). In one embodiment, the pattern is operable to change at each frame. The digital watermark is a dynamic digital watermark and/or a static digital watermark. In one embodiment, the dynamic digital watermark works as a full frame rate or a partial frame rate (e.g., half frame rate). The watermark engine is operable to accept commands from the encoder configuration CPU. [00304] In an alternative embodiment, the at least one encoder input already includes a digital watermark when input to the encoder. In one embodiment, a camera includes the input. [00305] The at least one encoder output includes, but is not limited to SDI, HDMI, DisplayPort, and/or ethernet. In one embodiment, at least one encoder formatter formats the image data to produce the at least one encoder output. The at least one encoder formatter includes, but is not limited to, an SDI formatter, an SMPTE ST2110, and/or an HDMI formatter. The SDI formatter formats the serial video data into an SDI package as a Yxy output. The SMPTE ST2110 formatter formats the serial video data into an ethernet package as a Yxy output. The HDMI formatter formats the serial video data into an HDMI package as a Yxy output. [00306] FIG.106 illustrates one embodiment of a decoder. The decoder includes at least one decoder input (e.g., SDI, HDMI, Ethernet, Yxy SDI, Yxy HDMI, Yxy Ethernet, DisplayPort, fiber) and at least one decoder output (e.g., Yxy SDI, at least one SDI, X'Y'Z', HDMI, Ethernet, DisplayPort, fiber). In one embodiment, the decoder includes a decoder configuration central processing unit (CPU) operable to interface with at least one decoder memory. The decoder preferably includes a decoder operations programming port operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the decoder. The decoder further includes a decoder equalizer, at least one decoder serial to parallel (S/P) converter (e.g., SDI S/P converter, HDMI S/P converter, Ethernet S/P converter), a watermark detection engine, a watermark subtraction engine, a gamma-to-linear converter (e.g., ½ gamma-to-linear converter), an xy de-scaler, a u'v' de-scaler, at least one sampling converter (e.g., 4:2:2 or 4:2:0 to 4:4:4 converter), at least one Yxy-to-XYZ converter, at least one Yu'v'-to-XYZ converter, a gamma library (e.g., linear, 2.2, 2.35, 2.4, 2.6, HLG, PQ, custom), an XYZ-to- color channel library (e.g., RGB (e.g., Rec.709, P3, Rec.2020); multi-primary data), a color channel-to-YUV library (e.g., RGB (e.g., Rec.709, P3, Rec.2020); multi-primary data), at least one decoder parallel to serial (P/S) converter (e.g., SDI X'Y'Z', at least one SDI, HDMI), and/or at least one decoder formatter (e.g., SDI X'Y'Z' formatter, SDI RGB formatter, SDI CMY formatter, HDMI formatter). In one embodiment, X'Y'Z' output includes a non-linear function (e.g., ½ gamma) applied to XYZ data. In one embodiment, the processed image data is operable to bypass any combination of processing stages and/or components in the decoder. [00307] In one embodiment, the decoder operations port is operable to connect to a decoder control system (e.g., via a micro universal serial bus (USB) or equivalent). In one embodiment, the decoder control system is operable to select the at least one decoder input, perform functions for the flash memory player (e.g., play, stop, forward, fast forward, rewind, fast rewind, frame selection), turn watermark detection on or off, add or modify the gamma library and/or look-up table selection, add or modify the XYZ-to-RGB library and/or look-up table selection, load data to the at least one custom decoder LUT, select bypass of one or more of the custom decoder LUT, and/or modify the Ethernet SDP. The gamma library preferably takes linear data and applies at least one non-linear function to the linear data. The at least non-linear function includes, but is not limited to, at least one standard gamma (e.g., those used in standard dynamic range (SDR) and high definition range (HDR) formats) and/or at least one custom gamma. [00308] In one embodiment, the output of the gamma library is fed to the XYZ-to-RGB library, where tables are included to map the XYZ data to a standard RGB or YCbCr output format. In another embodiment, the output of the gamma library bypasses the XYZ-to-RGB library. This bypass leaves an output of XYZ data with a gamma applied. The selection of the XYZ-to-RGB library or bypass is determined by the configuration CPU. If the output format selected is YCbCr, then the XYZ-to-RGB library flags which sampling method is desired and YCbCr data to a 4:2:2, 4:2:0, or 4:1:1 sampling structure. [00309] In one embodiment, an input to the decoder does not include full pixel sampling (e.g., 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1). The at least one sampling converter is operable to take subsampled images and convert the subsampled images to full 4:4:4 sampling. In one embodiment, the 4:4:4 Yxy image data is then converted to XYZ using the at least one Yxy-to-XYZ converter. In another embodiment, the 4:4:4 Yu'v' image data is then converted to XYZ using the Yu'v' using the at least one Yu'v'-to-XYZ converter. Image data is then converted from a parallel form to a serial stream. [00310] In one embodiment, the at least one SDI output includes more than one SDI output. Advantageously, this allows for output over multiple links (e.g., System 3). In one embodiment, the at least one SDI output includes a first SDI output and a second SDI output. In one embodiment, the first SDI output is used to transport a first set of color channel data (e.g., RGB) and the second SDI output is used to transport a second set of color channel data (e.g., CMY). [00311] The watermark detection engine detects the digital watermark. In one embodiment, a pattern of the digital watermark is loaded to the decoder using the operations programming port. In one embodiment, the decoder configuration CPU is operable to turn the watermark detection engine on and off. The watermark subtraction engine removes the digital watermark from image data before formatting for display on the at least one viewing device. In one embodiment, the decoder configuration CPU is operable to allow bypass of the watermark subtraction engine, which will leave the digital watermark on an output image. In a preferred embodiment, the decoder requires the digital watermark in the processed image data sent from the encoder to provide the at least one decoder output. Thus, the decoder does not send color channel data to the at least one viewing device if the digital watermark is not provide the at least one decoder output without the digital watermark in the processed image data sent from the encoder. If the digital watermark is not present in the processed image data, an image displayed on the at least one viewing device preferably includes a visible watermark. [00312] In one embodiment, output from the watermark subtraction process includes luminance data including a non-linearity (e.g., ½ gamma). Non-linear luminance data (i.e., luma) is converted back to a linear image using the gamma-to-linear converter. [00313] In one embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT includes a 9-column LUT. In one embodiment, the 9-column LUT includes 3 columns for a legacy RGB output (e.g., Rec.709, Rec.2020, P3) and 6 columns for a 6P multi-primary display (e.g., RGBCMY). Other numbers of columns (e.g., 7 columns) and alternative multi-primary displays (e.g., RGBC) are compatible with the present invention. In one embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT (e.g., the 9-column LUT) is operable to produce output values using tetrahedral interpolation. Advantageously, tetrahedral interpolation uses a smaller volume of color space to determine the output values, resulting in more accurate color channel data. In one embodiment, each of the tetrahedrons used in the tetrahedral interpolation includes a neutral diagonal. Advantageously, this embodiment works even with having less than 6 color channels. For example, a 4P output (e.g., RGBC) or a 5P output (e.g., RGBCY) using an FPGA is operable to be produced using tetrahedral interpolation. Further, this embodiment allows for an encoder to produce legacy RGB output in addition to multi- primary output. In an alternative embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT is operable to produce output value using cubic interpolation. The at least one custom decoder LUT is preferably operable to accept linear XYZ data. In one embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT is a multi-column LUT. The at least one custom decoder LUT is required, the decoder configuration CPU is operable to bypass the at least one custom decoder LUT. [00314] In one embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT is operable to be used for streamlined HDMI transport. In one embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT is a 3D LUT. In one embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT is operable to take in a 3-column input (e.g., RGB, XYZ) and produce an output of greater than three columns (e.g., RGBC, RGBCY, RGBCMY). Advantageously, this system only requires 3 channels of data as the input to the at least one custom decoder LUT. In one embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT applies a gamma function and/or a curve to produce a linear output. In another embodiment, the at least one custom decoder LUT is a trimming LUT. [00315] The at least one decoder formatter is operable to organize a serial stream as a proper format for the at least one output. In a preferred embodiment, the decoder includes a corresponding decoder formatter for each of the at least one decoder output. For example, if the decoder includes at least one HDMI output in the at least one decoder output, the decoder also includes at least one HDMI formatter in the at least one decoder formatter; if the decoder includes at least one SDI output in the at least one decoder output, the decoder also includes at least one SDI formatter in the at least one decoder formatter; if the decoder includes at least one Ethernet output in the at least one decoder output, the decoder also includes at least one Ethernet formatter in the at least one decoder formatter; and so forth. [00316] The encoder and/or the decoder are operable to generate, insert, and/or recover metadata related to an image signal. The metadata includes, but is not limited to, a color space (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C), an image transfer function (e.g., gamma, PQ, HLG, ½ gamma), a peak white value, and/or a signal format (e.g., RGB, Yxy, multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY, RGBC)). In one embodiment, the metadata is inserted into SDI or ST2110 using ancillary InfoFrame (VSIF) data as part of the CTA 861 standard. In one embodiment, the metadata is compatible with SMPTE ST 2110-10:2017, SMPTE ST 2110-20:2017, SMPTE ST 2110- 40:2018, SMPTE ST 352:2013, and/or SMPTE ST 352:2011, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00317] Additional details about the multi-primary system and the display are included in U.S. Application Nos.17/180,441 and 17/209,959, and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20210027693, 20210020094, 20210035487, and 20210043127, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00318] DISPLAY ENGINE [00319] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a display engine operable to interact with a graphics processing unit (GPU) and provide Yxy, XYZ, YUV, Yu'v', RGB, YCrCb, and/or ICTCP configured outputs. In one embodiment, the display engine and the GPU are on a video card. Alternatively, the display engine and the GPU are embedded on a motherboard or a central processing unit (CPU) die. The display engine and the GPU are preferably included in and/or connected to at least one viewing device (e.g., display, video game console, smartphone, etc.). Additional information related to GPUs are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos.9,098,323; 9,235,512; 9,263,000; 9,318,073; 9,442,706; 9,477,437; 9,494,994; 9,535,815; 9,740,611; 9,779,473; 9,805,440; 9,880,851; 9,971,959; 9,978,343; 10,032,244; 10,043,232; 10,114,446; 10,185,386; 10,191,759; 10,229,471; 10,324,693; 10,331,590; 10,460,417; 10,515,611; 10,521,874; 10,559,057; 10,580,105; 10,593,011; 10,600,141; 10,628,909; 10,705,846; 10,713,059; 10,769,746; 10,839,476; 10,853,904; 10,867,362; 10,922,779; 10,923,082; 10,963,299; and 10,970,805 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos.20140270364, 20150145871, 20160180487, 20160350245, 20170178275, 20170371694, 20180121386, 20180314932, 20190034316, 20190213706, 20200098082, 20210049030, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00320] In one embodiment, the GPU includes a render engine. In one embodiment, the render engine includes at least one render pipeline (RP), a programmable pixel shader, a programmable vector shader, a vector array processor, a curvature engine, and/or a memory cache. The render engine is operable to interact with a memory controller interface, a command CPU, a host bus (e.g., peripheral component interconnect (PCI), PCI Express (PCIe), accelerated graphics port (AGP)), and/or an adaptive full frame anti-aliasing. The memory controller interface is operable to interact with a display memory (e.g., double data rate (DDR) memory), a pixel cache, the command CPU, the host bus, and a display engine. The command CPU is operable to exchange data with the display engine. [00321] FIG.107 illustrates one embodiment of a display engine operable to interact with a graphics processing unit (GPU) according to the present invention. In a preferred embodiment, the display engine operable to interact with the GPU is included on a video card. The video card is operable to interface with a computer. In a preferred embodiment, the video card is operable to be inserted into a connector (e.g., PCIe connector, PCI connector, accelerated graphics port (AGP) connector, etc.) located within a computer. The computer includes a command central processing unit (CPU). The command CPU is dedicated to communication between the video card and the computer core. The command CPU is preferably operable to input instructions from an application programming interface (API). The command CPU is further operable to distribute appropriate commands to components in the video card. The video card further includes a memory controller interface. The memory controller interface is preferably a bus including hardware operable to manage which data is allowed on the bus and where the data is routed. together to allow scaling of graphics processing. In one embodiment, the plurality of video cards is linked with a PCIe connector. Other connectors are compatible with the plurality of video cards. In one embodiment, each of the plurality of video cards has the same technical specifications. In one embodiment, the API includes methods for scaling the graphics processing, and the command CPU is operable to distribute the graphics processing across the plurality of video cards. The command CPU is operable to scale up the graphics processing as well as scale down the graphics processing based on processing demands and/or power demands of the system. [00323] The display engine is operable to take rendered data from the GPU and convert the rendered data to a format operable to be displayed on at least one viewing device. The display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller (e.g., XYZ video display controller, RGB video display controller, ICTCP video display controller), a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, a multi-column LUT with at least three columns (e.g., three-dimensional (3D) LUT (e.g., 1293 LUT)), an XYZ-to- Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator (e.g., ½ gamma), a sampling selector, a video bus, and/or at least one output formatter and/or encoder (e.g., ST 2082, ST 2110, DisplayPort, HDMI). In one embodiment, the color channel-to-XYZ converter includes an RGB-to-XYZ converter. Additionally or alternatively, the color channel-to-XYZ converter includes an ICTCP-to-XYZ converter and/or an ACES-to-XYZ converter. The video bus is operable to receive input from a graphics display controller and/or at least one input device (e.g., a cursor, a mouse, a joystick, a keyboard, a videogame controller, etc.). [00324] The video card is operable to connect through any number of lanes provided by hardware on the computer. The video card is operable to communicate through a interface. In one embodiment, the communication interface is an API supported by the computer (e.g., OpenGL, Direct3D, OpenCL, Vulkan). Image data in the form of vector data or bitmap data is output from the communication interface into the command CPU. The communication interface is operable to notify the command CPU when image data is available. The command CPU opens the bus bidirectional gate and instructs the memory controller interface to transmit the image data to a double data rate (DDR) memory. The memory controller interface is operable to open a path from the DDR memory to allow the image data to pass to the GPU for rendering. After rendering, the image data is channeled back to the DDR for storage pending output processing by the display engine. [00325] After the image data is rendered and stored in the DDR memory, the command CPU instructs the memory controller interface to allow rendered image data to load into the raster scaler. The command CPU loads the raster scaler with framing information. The framing information includes, but is not limited to, a start of file (SOF) identifier, an end of file (EOF) identifier, a pixel count, a pixel order, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBCMY data), and/or a frame rate. In one embodiment, the framing information includes HDMI and/or DisplayPort (e.g., CTA 861 format) information. In one embodiment, Extended Display Identification Data (EDID) is operable to override specifications in the API. The raster scaler provides output as image data formatted as a raster in the same format as the file which being read (e.g., RGB, XYZ, Yxy). In one embodiment, the output of the raster scaler is RGB data, XYZ data, or Yxy data. Alternatively, the output of the raster scaler is Yu'v' data, ICTCP data, or ACES data. [00326] In one embodiment, the output of the raster scaler is sent to a graphics display controller. In one embodiment, the graphics display controller is operable to provide display information for a graphical user interface (GUI). In one embodiment, the RGB video data includes, but is not limited to, synchronization data, an SOF, an EOF, a frame rate, a pixel order, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBCMY data), and/or a pixel count. In one embodiment, the raster data is limited to an RGB output that is operable to be transmitted to the at least one output formatter and/or encoder. [00327] For common video display, a separate path is included. The separate path is operable to provide outputs including, but not limited to, SMPTE SDI, Ethernet, DisplayPort, and/or HDMI to the at least one output formatter and/or encoder. The at least one video display controller (e.g., RGB video display controller) is operable to limit and/or optimize video data for streaming and/or compression. In one embodiment, the RGB video display controller and the XYZ video display controller block image data from entering the video bus. [00328] In a preferred embodiment, image data is provided by the raster scaler in the format provided by the file being played (e.g., RGB, multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY), XYZ, Yxy). In one embodiment, the raster scaler presets the XYZ video display controller as the format provided and contained within the raster size to be displayed. In one embodiment, non-linear information (e.g., OOTF) sent from the API through the command CPU is sent to the linear converter. The linear converter is operable to use the non-linear information. For example, if the image data was authored using an OETF, then an inverse of the OETF is operable to be used by the linear converter, or, if the image information already has an EOTF applied, the inverse of the EOTF is operable to be used by the linear converter. In one embodiment, the linear converter develops an EOTF map to linearize input data (e.g., when EOTF data is available). In one embodiment, the linear converter uses an EOTF when already available. After linear data is loaded and a summation process is developed, the XYZ video display controller passes the image data in its native format (e.g., RGB, multi-primary data component. The color channel-to-XYZ converter is operable to accept a native format (e.g., RGB, multi-primary data (e.g., RGBCMY), XYZ, Yxy) and convert to an XYZ format. In one embodiment, the XYZ format includes at least one chromatic adaptation (e.g., D60 to D65). For RGB, the XYZ video display controller uses data supplied from the command CPU, which obtains color gamut and white point specifications from the API to convert to an XYZ output. For a multi-primary system, a corresponding matrix or a look-up table (LUT) is used to convert from the multi-primary system to XYZ. In one embodiment, the multi- primary system is RGBCMY (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C, S6Pa, S6Pb). For a Yxy system, the color channel-to-XYZ converter formats the Yxy data back to XYZ data. In another embodiment, the color channel-to-XYZ converter is bypassed. For example, the color channel-to-XYZ converter is bypassed if there is a requirement to stay within a multi-primary system. Additionally, the color channel-to-XYZ converter is bypassed for XYZ data. [00329] In one embodiment, the input to the scaler and/or limiter is XYZ data or multi- primary data. In one embodiment, the multi-primary data includes, but is not limited to, RGBCMY (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C, S6Pa, S6Pb), RGBC, RG1G2B, RGBCW, RGBCY, RG1G2BW, RGBWRWGWB, or R1R2G1G2B1B2. Other multi-primary data formats are compatible with the present invention. The scaler and/or limiter is operable to map out of gamut values (e.g., negative values) to in gamut values (e.g., out of gamut values developed in the process to convert to XYZ). In one embodiment, the scaler and/or limiter uses a gamut mapping algorithm to map out of gamut values to in gamut values. [00330] In one embodiment, the input to the scaler and/or limiter is multi-primary data and all channels are optimized to have values between 0 and 1. For example, if the input is RGBCMY data, all six channels are optimized to have values between 0 and 1. In one embodiment, the output of the scaler and/or limiter is operable to be placed into a three- includes one column for each channel. For example, if the output is RGBCMY data, the 3-D multi-column LUT includes six columns (i.e., one for each channel). Within the application feeding the API, each channel is operable to be selected to balance out the white point and/or shade the image toward one particular color channel. In one embodiment, the 3-D multi- column LUT is bypassed if the output of the scaler and/or limiter is XYZ data. The output of the 3-D multi-column LUT is sent to the XYZ-to-Yxy converter, where a simple summation process is used to make the conversion. In one embodiment, if the video data is RGBCMY, the XYZ-to-Yxy converter process is bypassed. [00331] Because the image data is linear, any tone curve can be added to the luminance (e.g., Y). The advantage to the present invention using, e.g., Yxy data or Yu'v' data, is that only the luminance needs a tone curve modification. L*a*b* has a 1/3 gamma applied to all three channels. IPT and ICTCP operate with a gamma in all three channels. The tone curve is operable to be added to the luminance (e.g., Y) only, with the colorimetric coordinates (e.g., x and y channels, u' and v' channels) remaining linear. The tone curve is operable to be anything (e.g., a non-linear function), including standard values currently used. In one embodiment, the tone curve is an EOTF (e.g., those described for television and/or digital cinema). Additionally or alternatively, the tone curve includes HDR modifications. [00332] In one embodiment, the output is handled through this process as three to six individual components (e.g., three components for Yxy or XYZ, six components for RGBCMY, etc.). Alternative number of primaries and components are compatible with the present invention. However, in some serial formats, this level of payload is too large. In one embodiment, the sampling selector sets a sampling structure (e.g., 4:4:4, 4:2:2, 4:2:0, 4:1:1). In one embodiment, the sampling selector is operable to subsample processed image data. The sampling selector is preferably controlled by the command CPU. In one embodiment, the embodiment, the sampling selector also places each component in the correct serial data position as shown in Table 8 (supra). [00333] The output of the sampling select is fed to the main video bus, which integrates SOF and EOF information into the image data. It then distributes this to the at least one output formatter and/or encoder. In one embodiment, the output is RGBCMY. In one embodiment, the RGBCMY output is configured as 4:4:4:4:4:4 data. The format to the at least one viewing device includes, but is not limited to, SMPTE ST2082 (e.g., 3, 6, and 12G serial data output), SMPTE ST2110 (e.g., to move through ethernet), and/or CTA 861 (e.g., DisplayPort, HDMI). The video card preferably has the appropriate connectors (e.g., DisplayPort, HDMI) for distribution through any external system (e.g., computer) and connection to at least one viewing device (e.g., monitor, television, etc.). The at least one viewing device includes, but is not limited to, a smartphone, a tablet, a laptop screen, a light emitting diode (LED) display, an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a miniLED display, a microLED display, a liquid crystal display (LCD), a quantum dot display, a quantum nano emitting diode (QNED) device, a personal gaming device, a virtual reality (VR) device and/or an augmented reality (AR) device, an LED wall, a wearable display, and at least one projector. In one embodiment, the at least one viewing device is a single viewing device. [00334] SIX-PRIMARY COLOR ENCODE USING A 4:4:4 SAMPLING METHOD [00335] FIG.30 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system encode using a 4:4:4 sampling method. [00336] Subjective testing during the development and implementation of the current digital cinema system (DCI Version 1.2) showed that perceptible quantizing artifacts were not noticeable with system bit resolutions higher than 11 bits. Current serial digital transport by lowering the bit limit to 11 bits (values 0 to 2047) for 12-bit serial systems or 9 bits (values 0 to 512) for 10-bit serial systems. This process is accomplished by processing multi- primary (e.g., RGBCMY) video information through a standard Optical Electronic Transfer Function (OETF) (e.g., ITU-R BT.709-6), digitizing the video information as four samples per pixel, and quantizing the video information as 11-bit or 9-bit. [00337] In another embodiment, the multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY) video information is processed through a standard Optical Optical Transfer Function (OOTF). In yet another embodiment, the multi-primary (e.g., RGBCMY) video information is processed through a Transfer Function (TF) other than OETF or OOTF. TFs consist of two components, a Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) and a Phase Transfer Function (PTF). The MTF is a measure of the ability of an optical system to transfer various levels of detail from object to image. In one embodiment, performance is measured in terms of contrast (degrees of gray), or of modulation, produced for a perfect source of that detail level. The PTF is a measure of the relative phase in the image(s) as a function of frequency. A relative phase change of 180°, for example, indicates that black and white in the image are reversed. This phenomenon occurs when the TF becomes negative. [00338] There are several methods for measuring MTF. In one embodiment, MTF is measured using discrete frequency generation. In one embodiment, MTF is measured using continuous frequency generation. In another embodiment, MTF is measured using image scanning. In another embodiment, MTF is measured using waveform analysis. [00339] In one embodiment, the six-primary color system is for a 12-bit serial system. Current practices normally set black at bit value 0 and white at bit value 4095 for 12-bit video. In order to package six colors into the existing three-serial streams, the bit defining black is moved to bit value 2048. Thus, the new encode has RGB values starting at bit value starting at bit value 2047 for black and bit value 0 as white. In another embodiment, the six- primary color system is for a 10-bit serial system. [00340] FIG.31 illustrates one embodiment for a method to package six channels of primary information into the three standard primary channels used in current serial video standards by modifying bit numbers for a 12-bit SDI and a 10-bit SDI. FIG.32 illustrates a simplified diagram estimating perceived viewer sensation as code values define each hue angle. TABLE 9 and TABLE 10 list bit assignments for computer, production, and broadcast for a 12-bit system and a 10-bit system, respectively. In one embodiment, “Computer” refers to bit assignments compatible with CTA 861-G, November 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, “Production” and/or “Broadcast” refer to bit assignments compatible with SMPTE ST 2082-0 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-1 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-10 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-11 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-12 (2016), SMPTE ST 2110-10 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-20 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-21 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-30 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-31 (2018), and/or SMPTE ST 2110-40 (2018), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00341] TABLE 9: 12-Bit Assignments C m t r Pr d ti n Br d t
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00342] TABLE 10: 10-Bit Assignments
Figure imgf000076_0002
g [
Figure imgf000077_0001
incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-5, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In another embodiment, the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-4, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In yet another embodiment, the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-3, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In yet another embodiment, the OETF process is defined in ITU-R BT.709-2, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In yet another embodiment, the OETF process is defined in ITU- R BT.709-1, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00344] In one embodiment, the encoder is a non-constant luminance encoder. In another embodiment, the encoder is a constant luminance encoder. [00345] SIX-PRIMARY COLOR PACKING/STACKING USING A 4:4:4 SAMPLING METHOD [00346] FIG.33 illustrates one embodiment for a method of stacking/encoding six-primary color information using a 4:4:4 video system. Image data must be assembled according the serial system used. This is not a conversion process, but instead is a packing/stacking process. In one embodiment, the packing/stacking process is for a six-primary color system using a 4:4:4 sampling method. [00347] FIG.34 illustrates one embodiment for a method of unstacking/decoding six- primary color information using a 4:4:4 video system. In one embodiment, the RGB channels and the non-RGB primary (e.g., CMY) channels are combined into one 12-bit word and sent to a standardized transport format. In one embodiment, the standardized transport format is SMPTE ST424 SDI. In one embodiment, the decode is for a non-constant luminance, six- primary color system. In yet another embodiment, an electronic optical transfer function (EOTF) (e.g., ITU-R BT.1886) coverts image data back to linear for display. In one embodiment, the EOTF is defined in ITU-R BT.1886 (2011), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. FIG.35 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:4:4 decoder. [00348] System 2 uses sequential mapping to the standard transport format, so it includes a delay for the non-RGB (e.g., CMY) data. The non-RGB (e.g., CMY) data is recovered in the decoder by delaying the RGB data. Since there is no stacking process, the full bit level video can be transported. For displays that are using optical filtering, this RGB delay could be removed and the process of mapping image data to the correct filter could be eliminated by assuming this delay with placement of the optical filter and the use of sequential filter colors. [00349] Two methods can be used based on the type of optical filter used. Since this system is operating on a horizontal pixel sequence, some vertical compensation is required and pixels are rectangular. This can be either as a line double repeat using the same multi- primary (e.g., RGBCMY) data to fill the following line as shown in FIG.36, or could be separated as RGB on line one and non-RGB (e.g., CMY) on line two as shown in FIG.37. The format shown in FIG.37 allows for square pixels, but the non-RGB (e.g., CMY) components require a line delay for synchronization. Other patterns eliminating the white subpixel are also compatible with the present invention. [00350] FIG.38 illustrates an embodiment of the present invention for sending six primary colors to a standardized transport format using a 4:4:4 encoder according to System 2. Encoding is straight forward with a path for RGB sent directly to the transport format. RGB data is mapped to each even numbered data segment in the transport. Non-RGB (e.g., CMY) data is mapped to each odd numbered segment. Because different resolutions are used in all of the standardized transport formats, there must be identification for what they are so that the
RGB (e.g., CMY) mapping to the transport. The identification is the same as currently used in each standardized transport function. TABLE 11, TABLE 12, TABLE 13, and TABLE 14 list 16-bit assignments, 12-bit assignments, 10-bit assignments, and 8-bit assignments, respectively. In one embodiment, “Computer” refers to bit assignments compatible with CTA 861-G, November 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, “Production” and/or “Broadcast” refer to bit assignments compatible with SMPTE ST 2082-0 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-1 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-10 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-11 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-12 (2016), SMPTE ST 2110-10 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-20 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-21 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-30 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110- 31 (2018), and/or SMPTE ST 2110-40 (2018), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00351] TABLE 11: 16-Bit Assignments Computer Production
Figure imgf000079_0001
[00352] TABLE 12: 12-Bit Assignments d i d
Figure imgf000079_0002
[00353] TABLE 13: 10-Bit Assignments
Figure imgf000079_0003
77 [
Figure imgf000080_0001
Computer Production Broadcast [0
Figure imgf000080_0002
0355] e eco e a s a pxe eay to t e G ata to rea gn t e c annes to a common pixel timing. EOTF is applied and the output is sent to the next device in the system. Metadata based on the standardized transport format is used to identify the format and image resolution so that the unpacking from the transport can be synchronized. FIG.39 shows one embodiment of a decoding with a pixel delay. [00356] In one embodiment, the decoding is 4:4:4 decoding. With this method, the six- primary color decoder is in the signal path, where 11-bit values for RGB are arranged above bit value 2048, while non-RGB (e.g., CMY) levels are arranged below bit value 2047 as 11- bit. If the same data set is sent to a display and/or process that is not operable for six-primary color processing, the image data is assumed as black at bit value 0 as a full 12-bit word. Decoding begins by tapping image data prior to the unstacking process. [00357] SIX-PRIMARY COLOR ENCODE USING A 4:2:2 SAMPLING METHOD [00358] In one embodiment, the packing/stacking process is for a six-primary color system using a 4:2:2 sampling method. In order to fit the new six-primary color system into a lower bandwidth serial system, while maintaining backwards compatibility, the standard method of converting from six primaries (e.g., RGBCMY) to a luminance and a set of color difference encoding and/or decoding process is compatible with transport through SMPTE ST 292-0 (2011), SMPTE ST 292-1 (2011, 2012, and/or 2018), SMPTE ST 292-2 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-1 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-2 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-3 (2010), SMPTE ST 2022-4 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-5 (2012 and/or 2013), SMPTE ST 2022-6 (2012), SMPTE ST 2022-7 (2013), and/or and CTA 861-G (2106), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00359] In order for the system to package all of the image while supporting both six- primary and legacy displays, an electronic luminance component (Y) must be derived. The first component is: jI ^# . For an RGBCMY system, it can be described as: jI = 0.1 I I I I I ^# 063j!kl + 0.23195j^kmmno + 0.3576jpqkkr + 0.19685j str + 0.0361j&muk
Figure imgf000081_0001
+ 0.0712jI vtwkrxt [00360] Critical to getting back to legacy display compatibility, value jI "^ is described as: jI = I I I I "^ j^# − ^j str + j^kmmno + jvtwkrxt ^
Figure imgf000081_0002
[00361] In addition, at least two new color components are disclosed. These are designated as Cc and Cy components. The at least two new color components include a method to compensate for luminance and enable the system to function with older Y Cb Cr infrastructures. In one embodiment, adjustments are made to Cb and Cr in a Y Cb Cr infrastructure since the related level of luminance is operable for division over more components. These new components are as follows: I I I I I I I I jI !
Figure imgf000081_0003
[00362] Within such a system, it is not possible to define magenta as a wavelength. This is because the green vector in CIE 1976 passes into, and beyond, the CIE designated purple calculation, not as optical data. In one embodiment, both the camera side and the monitor side of the system use magenta filters. In this case, if magenta were defined as a wavelength, it would not land at the point described. Instead, magenta would appear as a very deep blue which would include a narrow bandwidth primary, resulting in metameric issues from using narrow spectral components. In one embodiment, magenta as an integer value is resolved using the following equation: ^GHF + ^GHF ^ 2 2 GHF = | } 2 [00363] The above equation assists in maintaining the fidelity of a magenta value while minimizing any metameric errors. This is advantageous over prior art, where magenta appears instead as a deep blue instead of the intended primary color value. [00364] SIX-PRIMARY NON-CONSTANT LUMINANCE ENCODE USING A 4:2:2 SAMPLING METHOD [00365] In one embodiment, the six-primary color system using a non-constant luminance encode for use with a 4:2:2 sampling method. In one embodiment, the encoding process and/or decoding process is compatible with transport through SMPTE ST 292-0 (2011), SMPTE ST 292-1 (2011, 2012, and/or 2018), SMPTE ST 292-2 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-1 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-2 (2007), SMPTE ST 2022-3 (2010), SMPTE ST 2022-4 (2011), SMPTE ST 2022-5 (2012 and/or 2013), SMPTE ST 2022-6 (2012), SMPTE ST 2022-7 (2013), and/or and CTA 861-G (2106), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00366] Current practices use a non-constant luminance path design, which is found in all the video systems currently deployed. FIG.40 illustrates one embodiment of an encode channel designs. For 4:2:2, a similar method to the 4:4:4 system is used to package five channels of information into the standard three-channel designs used in current serial video standards. FIG.40 illustrates 12-bit SDI and 10-bit SDI encoding for a 4:2:2 system. TABLE 15 and TABLE 16 list bit assignments for a 12-bit and 10-bit system, respectively. In one embodiment, “Computer” refers to bit assignments compatible with CTA 861-G, November 2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, “Production” and/or “Broadcast” refer to bit assignments compatible with SMPTE ST 2082-0 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-1 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-10 (2015), SMPTE ST 2082-11 (2016), SMPTE ST 2082-12 (2016), SMPTE ST 2110-10 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-20 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-21 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-30 (2017), SMPTE ST 2110-31 (2018), and/or SMPTE ST 2110-40 (2018), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00367] TABLE 15: 12-Bit Assignments Computer Production Broadcast
Figure imgf000083_0001
[00368] TABLE 16: 10-Bit Assignments P i B
Figure imgf000083_0002
process for a six-primary color system. The design of this process is similar to the designs used in current RGB systems. Input video is sent to the Optical Electronic Transfer Function (OETF) process and then to the j^#encoder. The output of this encoder includes all of the image detail information. In one embodiment, all of the image detail information is output as a monochrome image. [00370] The output is then subtracted from j! I , j& I , j I , and j^ I to make the following color difference components: jI ! , jI & , j I , jI ^ These components are then half sampled (x2) while j^ I # is fully sampled (x4).
Figure imgf000084_0001
[00371] FIG.42 illustrates one embodiment of a packaging process for a six-primary color system. These components are then sent to the packing/stacking process. Components jI ^"GHF and jI "GHF are inverted so that bit 0 now defines peak luminance for the corresponding component. In one embodiment, this is the same packaging process performed with the 4:4:4 sampling method design, resulting in two 11-bit components combining into one 12-bit component. [00372] SIX-PRIMARY NON-CONSTANT LUMINANCE DECODE USING A 4:2:2 SAMPLING METHOD [00373] FIG.43 illustrates a 4:2:2 unstack process for a six-primary color system. In one embodiment, the image data is extracted from the serial format through the normal processes as defined by the serial data format standard. In another embodiment, the serial data format standard uses a 4:2:2 sampling structure. In yet another embodiment, the serial data format standard is SMPTE ST292. The color difference components are separated and formatted back to valid 11-bit data. Components jI ^"GHF and jI "GHF are inverted so that bit value 2047 defines peak color luminance. individual color and pass the data through an electronic optical function transfer (EOTF) in a non-constant luminance system. The individual color components, as well as j^ I #~^^^ , are inversely quantized and summed to breakout each individual color. Magenta is then calculated and j^ I #~^^^ is combined with these colors to resolve green. These calculations then go back through an Electronic Optical Transfer Function (EOTF) process to output the six- primary color system. [00375] In one embodiment, the decoding is 4:2:2 decoding. This decode follows the same principles as the 4:4:4 decoder. However, in 4:2:2 decoding, a luminance channel is used instead of discrete color channels. Here, image data is still taken prior to unstack from the jI &"GHF + jI ^"GHF and jI !"GHF + jI "GHF channels. With a 4:2:2 decoder, a new component, called j" I ^ , is used to subtract the luminance levels that are present from the CMY channels from the jI &"GHF + jI ^"GHF and jI !"GHF + jI "GHF components. The resulting output is now the R and B image components of the EOTF process. j" I ^ is also sent to the G matrix to convert the luminance and color difference components to a green output. Thus, R’G’B’ is input to the EOTF process and output as GRGB, RRGB, and BRGB. In another embodiment, the decoder is a legacy RGB decoder for non-constant luminance systems. [00376] In one embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST292. In one embodiment, the standard is SMPTE RP431-2. In one embodiment, the standard is ITU-R BT.2020. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE RP431-1. In another embodiment, the standard is ITU-R BT.1886. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST274. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST296. In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST2084. In yet another embodiment, the standard is ITU-R BT.2100. In yet another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST424. In yet another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST425. In yet another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST2110. SAMPLING METHOD [00378] FIG.45 illustrates one embodiment of a constant luminance encode for a six- primary color system. FIG.46 illustrates one embodiment of a constant luminance decode for a six-primary color system. The process for constant luminance encode and decode are very similar. The main difference being that the management of j^#is linear. The encode and decode processes stack into the standard serial data streams in the same way as is present in a non-constant luminance, six-primary color system. In one embodiment, the stacker design is the same as with the non-constant luminance system. [00379] System 2 operation is using a sequential method of mapping to the standard transport instead of the method in System 1 where pixel data is combined to two color primaries in one data set as an 11-bit word. The advantage of System 1 is that there is no change to the standard transport. The advantage of System 2 is that full bit level video can be transported, but at double the normal data rate. [00380] The difference between the systems is the use of two Y channels in System 2. In one embodiment, YRGB and YCMY are used to define the luminance value for RGB as one group and CMY for the other. Alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00381] FIG.47 illustrates one example of 4:2:2 non-constant luminance encoding. Because the RGB and CMY components are mapped at different time intervals, there is no requirement for a stacking process and data is fed directly to the transport format. The development of the separate color difference components is identical to System 1. Alternative primaries are compatible with the present invention. [00382] The encoder for System 2 takes the formatted color components in the same way as System 1. Two matrices are used to build two luminance channels. YRGB contains the CMY color primaries. A set of delays are used to sequence the proper channel for YRGB, YCMY, and the RBCY channels. Because the RGB and non-RGB (e.g., CMY) components are mapped at different time intervals, there is no requirement for a stacking process, and data is fed directly to the transport format. The development of the separate color difference components is identical to System 1. The Encoder for System 2 takes the formatted color components in the same way as System 1. Two matrices are used to build two luminance channels: YRGB contains the luminance value for the RGB color primaries and YCMY contains the luminance value for the CMY color primaries. This sequences YRGB, CR, and CC channels into the even segments of the standardized transport and YCMY, CB, and CY into the odd numbered segments. Since there is no combining color primary channels, full bit levels can be used limited only by the design of the standardized transport method. In addition, for use in matrix driven displays, there is no change to the input processing and only the method of outputting the correct color is required if the filtering or emissive subpixel is also placed sequentially. [00383] Timing for the sequence is calculated by the source format descriptor which then flags the start of video and sets the pixel timing. [00384] FIG.48 illustrates one embodiment of a non-constant luminance decoding system. Decoding uses timing synchronization from the format descriptor and start of video flags that are included in the payload ID, SDP, or EDID tables. This starts the pixel clock for each horizontal line to identify which set of components are routed to the proper part of the decoder. A pixel delay is used to realign the color primarily data of each subpixel. YRGB and YCMY are combined to assemble a new Y6 component which is used to decode the CR, CB, CC, CY, and CM components into RGBCMY. system in regard to operation. The difference is that the luminance calculation is done as a linear function instead of including the OOTF. FIG.49 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance encoding system. FIG.50 illustrates one embodiment of a 4:2:2 constant luminance decoding system. [00386] SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM USING A 4:2:0 SAMPLING SYSTEM [00387] In one embodiment, the six-primary color system uses a 4:2:0 sampling system. The 4:2:0 format is widely used in H.262/MPEG-2, H.264/MPEG-4 Part 10 and VC-1 compression. The process defined in SMPTE RP2050-1 provides a direct method to convert from a 4:2:2 sample structure to a 4:2:0 structure. When a 4:2:0 video decoder and encoder are connected via a 4:2:2 serial interface, the 4:2:0 data is decoded and converted to 4:2:2 by up-sampling the color difference component. In the 4:2:0 video encoder, the 4:2:2 video data is converted to 4:2:0 video data by down-sampling the color difference component. [00388] There typically exists a color difference mismatch between the 4:2:0 video data from the 4:2:0 video data to be encoded. Several stages of codec concatenation are common through the processing chain. As a result, color difference signal mismatch between 4:2:0 video data input to 4:2:0 video encoder and 4:2:0 video output from 4:2:0 video decoder is accumulated and the degradation becomes visible. [00389] FILTERING WITHIN A SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM USING A 4:2:0 SAMPLING METHOD [00390] When a 4:2:0 video decoder and encoder are connected via a serial interface, 4:2:0 data is decoded and the data is converted to 4:2:2 by up-sampling the color difference component, and then the 4:2:2 video data is mapped onto a serial interface. In the 4:2:0 video encoder, the 4:2:2 video data from the serial interface is converted to 4:2:0 video data by down-sampling the color difference component. At least one set of filter coefficients exists coefficients provide minimally degraded 4:2:0 color difference signals in concatenated operations. [00391] FILTER COEFFICIENTS IN A SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM USING A 4:2:0 SAMPLING METHOD [00392] FIG.51 illustrates one embodiment of a raster encoding diagram of sample placements for a six-primary color 4:2:0 progressive scan system. Within this compression process, horizontal lines show the raster on a display matrix. Vertical lines depict drive columns. The intersection of these is a pixel calculation. Data around a particular pixel is used to calculate color and brightness of the subpixels. Each “X” shows placement timing of the j^#~^^^ sample. Red dots depict placement of the jI !"GHF + jI "GHF sample. Blue triangles show placement of the jI &"GHF + jI ^"GHF sample. [00393] In one embodiment, the raster is an RGB raster. In another embodiment, the raster is a RGBCMY raster. [00394] SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM BACKWARDS COMPATIBILITY [00395] By designing the color gamut within the saturation levels of standard formats and using inverse color primary positions, it is easy to resolve an RGB image with minimal processing. In one embodiment for six-primary encoding, image data is split across three color channels in a transport system. In one embodiment, the image data is read as six- primary data. In another embodiment, the image data is read as RGB data. By maintaining a standard white point, the axis of modulation for each channel is considered as values describing two colors (e.g., blue and yellow) for a six-primary system or as a single color (e.g., blue) for an RGB system. This is based on where black is referenced. In one embodiment of a six-primary color system, black is decoded at a mid-level value. In an RGB system, the same data stream is used, but black is referenced at bit zero, not a mid-level. BT.709. In another embodiment, the RGB values encoded are based on SMPTE RP431. Advantageously, these two embodiments require almost no processing to recover values for legacy display. [00397] Two decoding methods are proposed. The first is a preferred method that uses very limited processing, negating any issues with latency. The second is a more straightforward method using a set of matrices at the end of the signal path to conform the 6P image to RGB. [00398] In one embodiment, the decoding is for a 4:4:4 system. In one embodiment, the assumption of black places the correct data with each channel. If the 6P decoder is in the signal path, 11-bit values for RGB are arranged above bit value 2048, while CMY level are arranged below bit value 2047 as 11-bit. However, if this same data set is sent to a display or process that is does not understand 6P processing, then that image data is assumed as black at bit value 0 as a full 12-bit word. [00399] FIG.52 illustrates one embodiment of the six-primary color unstack process in a 4:2:2 video system. Decoding starts by tapping image data prior to the unstacking process. The input to the 6P unstack will map as shown in FIG.53. The output of the 6P decoder will map as shown in FIG.54. This same data is sent uncorrected as the legacy RGB image data. The interpretation of the RGB decode will map as shown in FIG.55. [00400] Alternatively, the decoding is for a 4:2:2 system. This decode uses the same principles as the 4:4:4 decoder, but because a luminance channel is used instead of discrete color channels, the processing is modified. Legacy image data is still taken prior to unstack from the jI &"GHF + jI ^"GHF and jI !"GHF + jI "GHF channels as shown in FIG.56. [00401] FIG.57 illustrates one embodiment of a non-constant luminance decoder with a legacy process. The dotted box marked (1) shows the process where a new component called j p jI &"GHF + j I ^"GHF and jI !"GHF + jI "GHF components as shown in box (2). The resulting output is now the R and B image components of the EOTF process. j" I ^ is also sent to the G matrix to convert the luminance and color difference components to a green output as shown in box (3). Thus, R’G’B’ is input to the EOTF process and output as GRGB, RRGB, and BRGB. In another embodiment, the decoder is a legacy RGB decoder for non-constant luminance systems. [00402] For a constant luminance system, the process is very similar with the exception that green is calculated as linear as shown in FIG.58. [00403] SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM USING A MATRIX OUTPUT [00404] In one embodiment, the six-primary color system outputs a legacy RGB image. This requires a matrix output to be built at the very end of the signal path. FIG.59 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB image output at the end of the signal path. The design logic of the C, M, and Y primaries is in that they are substantially equal in saturation and placed at substantially inverted hue angles compared to R, G, and B primaries, respectively. In one embodiment, substantially equal in saturation refers to a ±10% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively. In addition, substantially equal in saturation covers additional percentage differences in saturation values falling within the ±10% difference range. For example, substantially equal in saturation further covers a ±7.5% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively; a ±5% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively; a ±2% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively; a ±1% difference in saturation values for primaries, respectively; and/or a ±0.5% difference in saturation values for the C, M, and Y primaries in comparison to the saturation values for the R, G, and B primaries, respectively. In a preferred embodiment, the C, M, and Y primaries are equal in saturation to the R, G, and B primaries, respectively. For example, the cyan primary is equal in saturation to the red primary, the magenta primary is equal in saturation to the green primary, and the yellow primary is equal in saturation to the blue primary. [00405] In an alternative embodiment, the saturation values of the C, M, and Y primaries are not required to be substantially equal to their corollary primary saturation value among the R, G, and B primaries, but are substantially equal in saturation to a primary other than their corollary R, G, or B primary value. For example, the C primary saturation value is not required to be substantially equal in saturation to the R primary saturation value, but rather is substantially equal in saturation to the G primary saturation value and/or the B primary saturation value. In one embodiment, two different color saturations are used, wherein the two different color saturations are based on standardized gamuts already in use. [00406] In one embodiment, substantially inverted hue angles refers to a ±10% angle range from an inverted hue angle (e.g., 180 degrees). In addition, substantially inverted hue angles cover additional percentage differences within the ±10% angle range from an inverted hue angle. For example, substantially inverted hue angles further covers a ±7.5% angle range from an inverted hue angle, a ±5% angle range from an inverted hue angle, a ±2% angle range from an inverted hue angle, a ±1% angle range from an inverted hue angle, and/or a ±0.5% angle range from an inverted hue angle. In a preferred embodiment, the C, M, and Y primaries are placed at inverted hue angles (e.g., 180 degrees) compared to the R, G, and B primaries, respectively. embodiment, the gamut is the SMPTE RP431-2 gamut. [00408] The unstack process includes output as six, 11-bit color channels that are separated and delivered to a decoder. To convert an image from a six-primary color system to an RGB image, at least two matrices are used. One matrix is a 3x3 matrix converting a six- primary color system image to XYZ values. A second matrix is a 3x3 matrix for converting from XYZ to the proper RGB color space. In one embodiment, XYZ values represent additive color space values, where XYZ matrices represent additive color space matrices. Additive color space refers to the concept of describing a color by stating the amounts of primaries that, when combined, create light of that color. [00409] When a six-primary display is connected to the six-primary output, each channel will drive each color. When this same output is sent to an RGB display, the non-RGB (e.g., CMY) channels are ignored and only the RGB channels are displayed. An element of operation is that both systems drive from the black area. At this point in the decoder, all are coded as bit value 0 being black and bit value 2047 being peak color luminance. This process can also be reversed in a situation where an RGB source can feed a six-primary display. The six-primary display would then have no information for the non-RGB (e.g., CMY) channels and would display the input in a standard RGB gamut. FIG.60 illustrates one embodiment of six-primary color output using a non-constant luminance decoder. FIG.61 illustrates one embodiment of a legacy RGB process within a six-primary color system. [00410] The design of this matrix is a modification of the CIE process to convert RGB to XYZ. First, u’v’ values are converted back to CIE 1931 xyz values using the following formulas: J = 'uI %^I ^^u^"^^^^-^(^ K = ^^u^"^^^^-^(^ ^ = 1 − J − K the gamut standard being used. In one embodiment, the gamut is ITU-R BT.709-6. The mapping for RGBCMY values for an ITU-R BT.709-6 (6P-B) gamut are: é J K ^ ù ê ^ 0.640 0.330 0.030 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000094_0002
[ v
Figure imgf000094_0003
Figure imgf000094_0004
[ o
Figure imgf000094_0005
[00414] For a six-primary color system using an ITU-R BT.709-6 (6P-B) color gamut, the white point is D65: 0.9504 = ^.^^(^ ^.^('^ 0.3584 = 1 − 0.3127 − 0.3290 [00415] For a six-primary color system using a SMPTE RP431-2 (6P-C) color gamut, the white point is D60: 0.95 ^.^^^( 0.3 0 0.3 8 0.337 [00416] Following the white point conversion, a calculation is required for RGB saturation values, SR, SG, and SB. The results from the second operation are inverted and multiplied with the white point XYZ values. In one embodiment, the color gamut used is an ITU-R BT.709-6 color gamut. The values calculate as: ^ GF^"! &F.^^'"^ ! 5.445 −4.644 −0.0253 0.950 /^ p2 = /^−4.644 6.337 −0.563 ^ ^ 1 ^2 ^& −0.0253 −0.563 1.682 0.358 Where ^ GF^"! &F.^^'"^ ! 0.522 /^ p2 = /1.7222 ^& 0.015 [00417] In one embodiment, the color gamut is a SMPTE RP431-2 color gamut. The values calculate as: ^ ^v<F^ !<%^^"( ! 3.692 −2.649 −0.211 0.954 /^p2 = /^−2.649 3.795 −0.189 ^ ^ 1 ^2 ^& −0.211 −0.189 1.611 0.341 Where ^ ^v<F^ !<%^^"( ! 0.802 /^ p2 = /1.2032 ^& 0.159 [00418] Next, a six-primary color-to-XYZ matrix must be calculated. For an embodiment where the color gamut is an ITU-R BT.709-6 color gamut, the calculation is as follows: 0 GF^"! &F.^^'"^ 4^^ 0.519 0.393 0.140 0.522 1.722 0.153 /^2 = /^0.393 0.460 0.160^ ^ 0.522 1.722 0.153 ^ 2 1 0.140 0.160 0.650 0.522 1.722 0.153
Figure imgf000095_0001
Wherein the resulting matrix is multiplied by the SRSGSB matrix: é 271 0.677 0.002 ^ù 0 0. ê ú /^2 = / 0.205 0.792 0.0032 ê ^ ú 1 0.073 0.276 0.010 ê^ú ê^ú ë^û [00419] For an embodiment where the color gamut is a SMPTE RP431-2 color gamut, the calculation is as follows: 0 0.565 0.401 0.121 ^v<F^ !<%^^"( 0.802 1.203 0.159 4^^ /^2 = /^0.401 0.549 0.117^ ^0.802 1.203 0.159^ 2 1 0.121 0.117 0.650 0.802 1.203 0.159
Figure imgf000096_0001
Wherein the resulting matrix is multiplied by the SRSGSB matrix: ^v<F^ !<%^^"( ^ é^ù 0 0.453 0.482 0.019 ê ú /^2 = / ^ 0.321 0.660 0.0192 ê ú 1 0.097 0.141 0.103 ê^ú ê^ú ë^û
Figure imgf000096_0002
[00420] Finally, the XYZ matrix must converted to the correct standard color space. In an embodiment where the color gamut used is an ITU-R BT709.6 color gamut, the matrices are as follows: ^ GF^"! &F^^'.^ 3.241 −1.537 −0.499 0 /^2 = /−0.969 1.876 0.0422 /^2 ^ 0.056 −0.204 1.057 1 [00421] In an embodiment where the color gamut used is a SMPTE RP431-2 color gamut, the matrices are as follows: ^ ^v<F^ !<%^^"( 2.73 −1.018 −0.440 0 / ^ 2 = /−0.795 1.690 0.0232 / ^ 2 ^ 0.041 −0.088 1.101 1 [00422] PACKING A SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM INTO ICTCP [00423] ICTCP (ITP) is a color representation format specified in the Rec. ITU-R BT.2100 standard that is used as a part of the color image pipeline in video and digital photography systems for high dynamic range (HDR) and wide color gamut (WCG) imagery. The I CP are blue-yellow (“tritanopia”) and red-green (“protanopia”) chroma components. The format is derived from an associated RGB color space by a coordination transformation that includes two matrix transformations and an intermediate non-linear transfer function, known as a gamma pre-correction. The transformation produces three signals: I, CT, and CP. The ITP transformation can be used with RGB signals derived from either the perceptual quantizer (PQ) or hybrid log-gamma (HLG) nonlinearity functions. The PQ curve is described in ITU- R BT2100-2:2018, Table 4, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00424] FIG.62 illustrates one embodiment of packing six-primary color system image data into an ICTCP (ITP) format. In one embodiment, RGB image data is converted to an XYZ matrix. The XYZ matrix is then converted to an LMS matrix. The LMS matrix is then sent to an optical electronic transfer function (OETF). The conversion process is represented below: N 3^^ 3^( 3^^ 0.359 0.696 −0.036 ^ /^ 2 = /^3 (^ 3 (( 3 (^^ ^−0.19 00 0.075 ^2 / ^ 2 ^ 3^^ 3^( 3^^ 0.00 75 0.843 ^
Figure imgf000097_0001
Output from the OETF is converted to ITP format. The resulting matrix is: 0.5 0.5 0 ^1.614 −3.323 1.710 ^ 4.378 −4.246 −0.135 [00425] FIG.63 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system converting RGBCMY image data into XYZ image data for an ITP format (e.g., 6P-B, 6P-C). For a six- primary color system, this is modified by replacing the RGB to XYZ matrix with a process to convert RGBCMY to XYZ. This is the same method as described in the legacy RGB process. The new matrix is as follows for an ITU-R BT.709-6 (6P-B) color gamut: é 271 0.677 0.002 ^ù N 0. 0.359 0.696 −0.036 ê ú /^ 2 = ^0.205 0.792 0.003^ ^−0.192 1.100 0.075 ^ ê ^ ú ^ 0.073 0.277 0.100 0.007 0.075 0.843 ê^ú ê^ú ë^û [00426] RGBCMY data, based on an ITU-R BT.709-6 color gamut, is converted to an
Figure imgf000098_0001
XYZ matrix. The resulting XYZ matrix is converted to an LMS matrix, which is sent to an OETF. Once processed by the OETF, the LMS matrix is converted to an ITP matrix. The resulting ITP matrix is as follows: 0.5 0.5 0 ^1.614 −3.323 1.710 ^ 4.378 −4.246 −0.135 [00427] In another embodiment, the LMS matrix is sent to an Optical Optical Transfer Function (OOTF). In yet another embodiment, the LMS matrix is sent to a Transfer Function other than OOTF or OETF. [00428] In another embodiment, the RGBCMY data is based on the SMPTE ST431-2 (6P- C) color gamut. The matrices for an embodiment using the SMPTE ST431-2 color gamut are as follows: ^v<F^ ^F%^^"( ^ é^ù N 0.453 0.481 0.019 0.359 0.696 −0.036 ê ú /^ 2 = ^0.321 0.660 0.019^ ^−0.192 1.100 0.075 ^ ê ^ ú ^ 0.097 0.141 0.103 0.007 0.075 0.843 ê^ú ê^ú ë^û The resulting ITP matrix is: 0.5 0.5 0 ^1.614 −3.323 1.710 ^ 4.378 −4.246 −0.135 [00429] The decode process uses the standard ITP decode process, as the SRSGSB cannot be easily inverted. This makes it difficult to recover the six RGBCMY components from the described in the standards and is limited to just RGB output. [00430] CONVERTING TO A FIVE-COLOR MULTI-PRIMARY DISPLAY [00431] In one embodiment, the system is operable to convert image data incorporating five primary colors. In one embodiment, the five primary colors include Red (R), Green (G), Blue (G), Cyan (C), and Yellow (Y), collectively referred to as RGBCY. In another embodiment, the five primary colors include Red (R), Green (G), Blue (B), Cyan (C), and Magenta (M), collectively referred to as RGBCM. In one embodiment, the five primary colors do not include Magenta (M). [00432] In one embodiment, the five primary colors include Red (R), Green (G), Blue (B), Cyan (C), and Orange (O), collectively referred to as RGBCO. RGBCO primaries provide optimal spectral characteristics, transmittance characteristics, and makes use of a D65 white point. See, e.g., Moon-Cheol Kim et al., Wide Color Gamut Five Channel Multi-Primary for HDTV Application, Journal of Imaging Sci. & Tech. Vol.49, No.6, Nov./Dec.2005, at 594- 604, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. [00433] In one embodiment, a five-primary color model is expressed as F = M.C, where F is equal to a tristimulus color vector, ^ = ^0, ^, 1^F , and C is equal to a linear display control vector, ^ = ^^1, ^2, ^3, ^4, ^5^F. Thus, a conversion matrix for the five-primary color model is represented as 0^ 0( 0^ 0 0^ ^ = ^^^ ^( 1^ 1(
Figure imgf000099_0001
[00434] Using the above equation and matrix, a gamut volume is calculated for a set of given control vectors on the gamut boundary. The control vectors are converted into CIELAB uniform color space. However, because matrix M is non-square, the matrix inversion requires splitting the color gamut into a specified number of pyramids, with the base of each pyramid representing an outer surface and where the control vectors are calculated using linear pyramids, the conversion process is normalized. In one embodiment, a decision tree is created in order to determine which set of primaries are best to define a specified color. In one embodiment, a specified color is defined by multiple sets of primaries. In order to locate each pyramid, 2D chromaticity look-up tables are used, with corresponding pyramid numbers for input chromaticity values in xy or u’v’. Typical methods using pyramids require 1000 x 1000 address ranges in order to properly search the boundaries of adjacent pyramids with look-up table memory. The system of the present invention uses a combination of parallel processing for adjacent pyramids and at least one algorithm for verifying solutions by checking constraint conditions. In one embodiment, the system uses a parallel computing algorithm. In one embodiment, the system uses a sequential algorithm. In another embodiment, the system uses a brightening image transformation algorithm. In another embodiment, the system uses a darkening image transformation algorithm. In another embodiment, the system uses an inverse sinusoidal contrast transformation algorithm. In another embodiment, the system uses a hyperbolic tangent contrast transformation algorithm. In yet another embodiment, the system uses a sine contrast transformation execution times algorithm. In yet another embodiment, the system uses a linear feature extraction algorithm. In yet another embodiment, the system uses a JPEG2000 encoding algorithm. In yet another embodiment, the system uses a parallelized arithmetic algorithm. In yet another embodiment, the system uses an algorithm other than those previously mentioned. In yet another embodiment, the system uses any combination of the aforementioned algorithms. [00435] MAPPING A SIX-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM INTO STANDARDIZED TRANSPORT FORMATS [00436] Each encode and/or decode system fits into existing video serial data streams that have already been established and standardized. This is key to industry acceptance. Encoder to these standard serial formats. [00437] FIG.64 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system mapping to a SMPTE ST424 standard serial format. The SMPTE ST424/ST425 set of standards allow very high sampling systems to be passed through a single cable. This is done by using alternating data streams, each containing different components of the image. For use with a six-primary color system transport, image formats are limited to RGB due to the absence of a method to send a full bandwidth Y signal. [00438] The process for mapping a six-primary color system to a SMPTE ST425 format is the same as mapping to a SMPTE ST424 format. To fit a six-primary color system into a SMPTE ST425/424 stream involves the following substitutions: ^G I HF + ^G I HF is placed in the Green data segments, ^G I HF + ^G I HF is placed in the Red data segments, and ^G I HF + ^G I HF is
Figure imgf000101_0001
placed into the Blue data segments. FIG.65 illustrates one embodiment of an SMPTE 4246P readout. [00439] System 2 requires twice the data rate as System 1, so it is not compatible with SMPTE 424. However, it maps easily into SMPTE ST2082 using a similar mapping sequence. In one example, System 2 is used to have the same data speed defined for 8K imaging to show a 4K image. [00440] In one embodiment, sub-image and data stream mapping occur as shown in SMPTE ST2082. An image is broken into four sub-images, and each sub-image is broken up into two data streams (e.g., sub-image 1 is broken up into data stream 1 and data stream 2). The data streams are put through a multiplexer and then sent to the interface as shown in FIG. 66. [00441] FIG.67 and FIG.68 illustrate serial digital interfaces for a six-primary color system using the SMPTE ST2082 standard. In one embodiment, the six-primary color system streams 1, 3, 5, and 7 follow the pattern shown for data stream 1. Data streams 2, 4, 6, and 8 follow the pattern shown for data stream 2. In one embodiment, the six-primary color system data is YRGB YCMY CR CB CC CY data, which is mapped to the SMPTE ST2082 standard (FIG. 68). Data streams 1, 3, 5, and 7 follow the pattern shown for data stream 1. Data streams 2, 4, 6, and 8 follow the pattern shown for data stream 2. [00442] In one embodiment, the standard serial format is SMPTE ST292. SMPTE ST292 is an older standard than ST424 and is a single wire format for 1.5GB video, whereas ST424 is designed for up to 3GB video. However, while ST292 can identify the payload ID of SMPTE ST352, it is constrained to only accepting an image identified by a hex value, 0h. All other values are ignored. Due to the bandwidth and identifications limitations in ST292, a component video six-primary color system incorporates a full bit level luminance component. To fit a six-primary color system into a SMPTE ST292 stream involves the following substitutions: j^ I #"GHF is placed in the Y data segments, jI ^"GHF + jI s"GHF is placed in the Cb data segments, and jI q"GHF + jI ^"GHF is placed in the Cr data segments. In another embodiment, the standard serial format is SMPTE ST352. [00443] SMPTE ST292 and ST424 Serial Digital Interface (SDI) formats include payload identification (ID) metadata to help the receiving device identify the proper image parameters. The tables for this need modification by adding at least one flag identifying that the image source is a six-primary color RGB image. Therefore, six-primary color system format additions need to be added. In one embodiment, the standard is the SMPTE ST352 standard. [00444] FIG.69 illustrates one embodiment of an SMPTE ST2926P mapping. FIG.70 illustrates one embodiment of an SMPTE ST2926P readout. color system. Hex code “Bh” identifies a constant luminance source and flag “Fh” indicates the presence of a six-primary color system. In one embodiment, Fh is used in combination with at least one other identifier located in byte 3. In another embodiment, the Fh flag is set to 0 if the image data is formatted as System 1 and the Fh flag is set to 1 if the image data is formatted as System 2. [00446] In another embodiment, the standard serial format is SMPTE ST2082. Where a six-primary color system requires more data, it may not always be compatible with SMPTE ST424. However, it maps easily into SMPTE ST2082 using the same mapping sequence. This usage would have the same data speed defined for 8K imaging in order to display a 4K image. [00447] In another embodiment, the standard serial format is SMPTE ST2022. Mapping to ST2022 is similar to mapping to ST292 and ST242, but as an ETHERNET format. The output of the stacker is mapped to the media payload based on Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) 3550, established by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). RTP provides end- to-end network transport functions suitable for applications transmitting real-time data, including, but not limited to, audio, video, and/or simulation data, over multicast or unicast network services. The data transport is augmented by a control protocol (RTCP) to allow monitoring of the data delivery in a manner scalable to large multicast networks, and to provide control and identification functionality. There are no changes needed in the formatting or mapping of the bit packing described in SMPTE ST 2022-6: 2012 (HBRMT), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [00448] FIG.72 illustrates one embodiment of a modification for a six-primary color system using the SMPTE ST2202 standard. For SMPTE ST2202-6:2012 (HBRMT), there are no changes needed in formatting or mapping of the bit packing. ST2022 relies on header within the payload header using the video source format fields including, but not limited to, MAP, FRAME, FRATE, and/or SAMPLE. MAP, FRAME, and FRATE remain as described in the standard. MAP is used to identify if the input is ST292 or ST425 (RGB or Y Cb Cr). SAMPLE is operable for modification to identify that the image is formatted as a six-primary color system image. In one embodiment, the image data is sent using flag “0h” (unknown/unspecified). [00449] In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST2110. SMPTE ST2110 is a relatively new standard and defines moving video through an Internet system. The standard is based on development from the IETF and is described under RFC3550. Image data is described through “pgroup” construction. Each pgroup consists of an integer number of octets. In one embodiment, a sample definition is RGB or YCbCr and is described in metadata. In one embodiment, the metadata format uses a Session Description Protocol (SDP) format. Thus, pgroup construction is defined for 4:4:4, 4:2:2, and 4:2:0 sampling as 8- bit, 10-bit, 12-bit, and in some cases 16-bit and 16-bit floating point wording. In one embodiment, six-primary color image data is limited to a 10-bit depth. In another embodiment, six-primary color image data is limited to a 12-bit depth. Where more than one sample is used, it is described as a set. For example, 4:4:4 sampling for blue, as a non-linear RGB set, is described as C0’B, C1’B, C2’B, C3’B, and C4’B. The lowest number index being left most within the image. In another embodiment, the method of substitution is the same method used to map six-primary color content into the ST2110 standard. [00450] In another embodiment, the standard is SMPTE ST2110. SMPTE ST2110-20 describes the construction for each pgroup. In one embodiment, six-primary color system content arrives for mapping as non-linear data for the SMPTE ST2110 standard. In another SMPTE ST2110 standard. [00451] FIG.73 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 10-bit video system. For 4:4:410-bit video, 15 octets are used and cover 4 pixels. [00452] FIG.74 illustrates a table of 4:4:4 sampling for a six-primary color system for a 12-bit video system. For 4:4:412-bit video, 9 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence. [00453] Non-linear RGBCMY image data would arrive as: ^I I I I GHF + ^GHF , ^GHF + ^GHF , and ^I GHF + ^I GHF . Component substitution would follow what has been described for SMPTE ST424, where ^G I HF + ^G I HF is placed in the Green data segments, ^G I HF + ^G I HF is placed in I I
Figure imgf000105_0001
the Red data segments, and ^GHF + ^GHF is placed in the Blue data segments. The sequence described in the standard is shown as R0’, G0’, B0’, R1’, G1’, B1’, etc. [00454] FIG.75 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:2 sampling systems in a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space. Components are delivered to a 4:2:2 pgroup including, but not limited to, j^ I ^"GHF , jI ^"GHF + jI s"GHF , and jI q"GHF + jI ^"GHF . For 4:2:210-bit video, 5 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence. For 4:2:212-bit video, 6 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence. Component substitution follows what has been described for SMPTE ST292, where j^ I ^"GHF is placed in the Y data segments, jI ^"GHF + jI s"GHF is placed in the Cb data segments, and jI q"GHF + jI ^"GHF is placed in the Cr data segments. The sequence described in the standard is shown as Cb0’, Y0’, Cr0’, Y1’, Cr1’, Y3’, Cb2’, Y4’, Cr2’, Y5’, etc. In another embodiment, the video data is represented at a bit level other than 10-bit or 12-bit. In another embodiment, the sampling system is a sampling system other than 4:2:2. In another embodiment, the standard is STMPE ST2110. 4:2:2 sampling system image. This follows the substitutions illustrated in FIG.75, using a 4:2:2 sampling system. [00456] FIG.77 illustrates sequence substitutions for 10-bit and 12-bit video in 4:2:0 sampling systems using a Y Cb Cr Cc Cy color space. Components are delivered to a pgroup including, but not limited to, j^ I ^"GHF , jI ^"GHF + jI s"GHF , and jI q"GHF + jI ^"GHF . For 4:2:0 10-bit video data, 15 octets are used and cover 8 pixels before restarting the sequence. For 4:2:012-bit video data, 9 octets are used and cover 4 pixels before restarting the sequence. Component substitution follows what is described in SMPTE ST292 where j^ I ^"GHF is placed in the Y data segments, jI ^"GHF + jI s"GHF is placed in the Cb data segments, and jI q"GHF + jI ^"GHF is placed in the Cr data segments. The sequence described in the standard is shown as Y’00, Y’01, Y’, etc. [00457] FIG.78 illustrates sample placements of six-primary system components for a 4:2:0 sampling system image. This follows the substitutions illustrated in FIG.77, using a 4:2:0 sampling system. [00458] FIG.79 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video. SMPTE ST2110-20 describes the construction of each “pgroup”. Normally, six-primary color system data and/or content would arrive for mapping as non- linear. However, with the present system there is no restriction on mapping data and/or content. For 4:4:4, 10-bit video, 15 octets are used and cover 4 pixels before restarting the sequence. Non-linear, six-primary color system image data would arrive as ^I I I GHF , ^GHF , ^GHF , ^I ^I F , and ^I GHF . The sequence described in the standard is shown as R0’, G0’, B0’, R1’, G1’, B1’, etc. [00459] FIG.80 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:4:4 video. For 4:4:4, 12-bit video, 9 octets are used and cover 2 pixels as ^G I HF , ^G I HF , ^G I HF , ^G I HF , ^G I HF , and ^G I HF . The sequence described in the standard is shown as R0’, G0’, B0’, R1’, G1’, B1’, etc. [00460] FIG.81 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 10-bit six primary color system in 4:2:2 video. Components that are delivered to a SMPTE ST2110 pgroup include, but are not limited to, j^ I qw^"GHF , j^ I ^s^"GHF , jI ^"GHF , jI q"GHF , jI s"GHF , and jI ^"GHF . For 4:2:2, 10-bit video, 5 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence. For 4:2:2:2, 12-bit video, 6 octets are used and cover 2 pixels before restarting the sequence. Component substitution follows what is described for SMPTE ST292, where j^ I qw^"GHF or j^ I ^s^"GHF are placed in the Y data segments, jI q"GHF or jI ^"GHF are placed in the Cr data segments, and jI ^"GHF or jI s"GHF are placed in the Cb data segments. The sequence described in the standard is shown as Cb’0, Y’0, Cr’0, Y’1, Cb’1, Y’2, Cr’1, Y’3, Cb’2, Y’4, Cr’2, etc. [00461] FIG.82 illustrates modifications to SMPTE ST2110-20 for a 12-bit six-primary color system in 4:2:0 video. Components that are delivered to a SMPTE ST2110 pgroup are the same as with the 4:2:2 method. For 4:2:0, 10-bit video, 15 octets are used and cover 8 pixels before restarting the sequence. For 4:2:0, 12-bit video, 9 octets are used and cover 4 pixels before restarting the sequence. Component substitution follows what is described for SMPTE ST292, where j^ I qw^"GHF or j^ I ^s^"GHF are placed in the Y data segments, jI q"GHF or jI ^"GHF are placed in the Cr data segments, and jI ^"GHF or jI s"GHF are placed in the Cb data segments. The sequence described in the standard is shown as Y’00, Y’01, Y’, etc. [00462] Table 17 summarizes mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:2:2:2:2 and 4:2:0:2:0 sampling for System 1 and Table 18 summaries mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:4:4:4:4:4 sampling (linear and non-linear) for System 1. [00463] TABLE 17
Figure imgf000108_0001
[00464] TABLE 18 Sampling Bit pgroup RGB Sample Order 6P Sample Order
Figure imgf000108_0002
System 2 and Table 20 summaries mapping to SMPTE ST2110 for 4:4:4:4:4:4 sampling (linear and non-linear) for System 2. [00466] TABLE 19 Sampling Bit pgroup Y PbPr Sample 6P Sample Order D th Ord r
Figure imgf000109_0001
[00467] TABLE 20 Sampling Bit pgroup RGB Sample Order 6P Sample Order
Figure imgf000109_0002
[00468] SESSION DESCRIPTION PROTOCOL (SDP) MODIFICATION FOR A SIX- PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM [00469] SDP is derived from IETF RFC 4566 which sets parameters including, but not limited to, bit depth and sampling parameters. IETF RFC 4566 (2006) is incorporated herein RTP payload. In another embodiment, SDP parameters are contained within the media format and transport protocol. This payload information is transmitted as text. Therefore, modifications for the additional sampling identifiers requires the addition of new parameters for the sampling statement. SDP parameters include, but are not limited to, color channel data, image data, framerate data, a sampling standard, a flag indicator, an active picture size code, a timestamp, a clock frequency, a frame count, a scrambling indicator, and/or a video format indicator. For non-constant luminance imaging, the additional parameters include, but are not limited to, RGBCMY-4:4:4, YBRCY-4:2:2, and YBRCY-4:2:0. For constant luminance signals, the additional parameters include, but are not limited to, CLYBRCY-4:2:2 and CLYBRCY-4:2:0. [00470] Additionally, differentiation is included with the colorimetry identifier in one embodiment. For example, 6PB1 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to ITU-R BT.709 formatted as System 1, 6PB2 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to ITU-R BT.709 formatted as System 2, 6PB3 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to ITU-R BT.709 formatted as System 3, 6PC1 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to SMPTE RP 431-2 formatted as System 1, 6PC2 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to SMPTE RP 431-2 formatted as System 2, 6PC3 defines 6P with a color gamut limited to SMPTE RP 431-2 formatted as System 3, 6PS1 defines 6P with a color gamut as Super 6P formatted as System 1, 6PS2 defines 6P with a color gamut as Super 6P formatted as System 2, and 6PS3 defines 6P with a color gamut as Super 6P formatted as System 3. [00471] Colorimetry can also be defined between a six-primary color system using the ITU-R BT.709-6 standard and the SMPTE ST431-2 standard, or colorimetry can be left defined as is standard for the desired standard. For example, the SDP parameters for a 1920x1080 six-primary color system using the ITU-R BT.709-6 standard with a 10-bit signal fmtp:112, sampling = YBRCY-4:2:2, width = 1920, height = 1080, exactframerate = 30000/1001, depth = 10, TCS = SDR, colorimetry = 6PB1, PM = 2110GPM, SSN = ST2110- 20:2017. [00472] In one embodiment, the six-primary color system is integrated with a Consumer Technology Association (CTA) 861-based system. CTA-861 establishes protocols, requirements, and recommendations for the utilization of uncompressed digital interfaces by consumer electronics devices including, but not limited to, digital televisions (DTVs), digital cable, satellite or terrestrial set-top boxes (STBs), and related peripheral devices including, but not limited to, DVD players and/or recorders, and other related Sources or Sinks. [00473] These systems are provided as parallel systems so that video content is parsed across several line pairs. This enables each video component to have its own transition- minimized differential signaling (TMDS) path. TMDS is a technology for transmitting high- speed serial data and is used by the Digital Visual Interface (DVI) and High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) video interfaces, as well as other digital communication interfaces. TMDS is similar to low-voltage differential signaling (LVDS) in that it uses differential signaling to reduce electromagnetic interference (EMI), enabling faster signal transfers with increased accuracy. In addition, TMDS uses a twisted pair for noise reduction, rather than a coaxial cable that is conventional for carrying video signals. Similar to LVDS, data is transmitted serially over the data link. When transmitting video data, and using HDMI, three TMDS twisted pairs are used to transfer video data. [00474] In such a system, each pixel packet is limited to 8 bits only. For bit depths higher than 8 bits, fragmented packs are used. This arrangement is no different than is already described in the current CTA-861 standard. transmission would be performed by the sink device (e.g., the monitor). Adding recognition of the additional formats would be flagged in the CTA Data Block Extended Tag Codes (byte 3). Since codes 33 and above are reserved, any two bits could be used to identify that the format is RGB, RGBCMY, Y Cb Cr, or Y Cb Cr Cc Cy and/or identify System 1 or System 2. Should byte 3 define a six-primary sampling format, and where the block 5 extension identifies byte 1 as ITU-R BT.709, then logic assigns as 6P-B. However, should byte 4 bit 7 identify colorimetry as DCI-P3, the color gamut would be assigned as 6P-C. [00476] In one embodiment, the system alters the AVI Infoframe Data to identify content. AVI Infoframe Data is shown in Table 10 of CTA 861-G. In one embodiment, Y2=1, Y1=0, and Y0=0 identifies content as 6P 4:2:0:2:0. In another embodiment, Y2=1, Y1=0, and Y0=1 identifies content as Y Cr Cb Cc Cy. In yet another embodiment, Y2=1, Y1=1, and Y0=0 identifies content as RGBCMY. [00477] Byte 2 C1=1, C0=1 identifies extended colorimetry in Table 11 of CTA 861-G. Byte 3 EC2, EC1, EC0 identifies additional colorimetry extension valid in Table 13 of CTA 861-G. Table 14 of CTA 861-G reserves additional extensions. In one embodiment, ACE3=1, ACE2=0, ACE1=0, and ACE0=X identifies 6P-B. In one embodiment, ACE3=0, ACE2=1, ACE1=0, and ACE0=X identifies 6P-C. In one embodiment, ACE3=0, ACE2=0, ACE1=1, and ACE0=X identifies System 1. In one embodiment, ACE3=1, ACE2=1, ACE1=0, and ACE0=X identifies System 2. [00478] FIG.83 illustrates the current RGB sampling structure for 4:4:4 sampling video data transmission. For HDMI 4:4:4 sampling, video data is sent through three TMDS line pairs. FIG.84 illustrates a six-primary color sampling structure, RGBCMY, using System 1 for 4:4:4 sampling video data transmission. In one embodiment, the six-primary color sampling structure complies with CTA 861-G, November 2016, Consumer Technology example of System 2 to RGBCMY 4:4:4 transmission. FIG.86 illustrates current Y Cb Cr 4:2:2 sampling transmission as non-constant luminance. FIG.87 illustrates a six-primary color system (System 1) using Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 sampling transmission as non-constant luminance. FIG.88 illustrates an example of a System 2 to Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 Transmission as non-constant luminance. In one embodiment, the Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:2 sampling transmission complies with CTA 861-G, November 2016, Consumer Technology Association. FIG.89 illustrates current Y Cb Cr 4:2:0 sampling transmission. FIG.90 illustrates a six-primary color system (System 1) using Y Cr Cb Cc Cy 4:2:0 sampling transmission. [00479] HDMI sampling systems include Extended Display Identification Data (EDID) metadata. EDID metadata describes the capabilities of a display device to a video source. The data format is defined by a standard published by the Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA). The EDID data structure includes, but is not limited to, manufacturer name and serial number, product type, phosphor or filter type, timings supported by the display, display size, luminance data, and/or pixel mapping data. The EDID data structure is modifiable and modification requires no additional hardware and/or tools. [00480] EDID information is transmitted between the source device and the display through a display data channel (DDC), which is a collection of digital communication protocols created by VESA. With EDID providing the display information and DDC providing the link between the display and the source, the two accompanying standards enable an information exchange between the display and source. [00481] In addition, VESA has assigned extensions for EDID. Such extensions include, but are not limited to, timing extensions (00), additional time data black (CEA EDID Timing Extension (02)), video timing block extensions (VTB-EXT (10)), EDID 2.0 extension (20), microdisplay interface extension (MI-EXT (60)), display ID extension (70), display transfer characteristics data block (DTCDB (A7, AF, BF)), block map (F0), display device data block (DDDB (FF)), and/or extension defined by monitor manufacturer (FF). [00482] In one embodiment, SDP parameters include data corresponding to a payload identification (ID) and/or EDID information. [00483] MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR SYSTEM DISPLAY [00484] FIG.91 illustrates a dual stack LCD projection system for a six-primary color system. In one embodiment, the display is comprised of a dual stack of projectors. This display uses two projectors stacked on top of one another or placed side by side. Each projector is similar, with the only difference being the color filters in each unit. Refresh and pixel timings are synchronized, enabling a mechanical alignment between the two units so that each pixel overlays the same position between projector units. In one embodiment, the two projectors are Liquid-Crystal Display (LCD) projectors. In another embodiment, the two projectors are Digital Light Processing (DLP) projectors. In yet another embodiment, the two projectors are Liquid-Crystal on Silicon (LCOS) projectors. In yet another embodiment, the two projectors are Light-Emitting Diode (LED) projectors. [00485] In one embodiment, the display is comprised of a single projector. A single projector six-primary color system requires the addition of a second cross block assembly for the additional colors. One embodiment of a single projector (e.g., single LCD projector) is shown in FIG.92. A single projector six-primary color system includes a cyan dichroic mirror, an orange dichroic mirror, a blue dichroic mirror, a red dichroic mirror, and two additional standard mirrors. In one embodiment, the single projector six-primary color system includes at least six mirrors. In another embodiment, the single projector six-primary color system includes at least two cross block assembly units. reciprocal mirrors. In one embodiment, the display is comprised of a single projector unit working in combination with at first set of at least six reciprocal mirrors, a second set of at least six reciprocal mirrors, and at least six LCD units. Light from at least one light source emits towards the first set of at least six reciprocal mirrors. The first set of at least six reciprocal mirrors reflects light towards at least one of the at least six LCD units. The at least six LCD units include, but are not limited to, a Green LCD, a Yellow LCD, a Cyan, LCD, a Red LCD, a Magenta LCD, and/or a Blue LCD. Output from each of the at least six LCDs is received by the second set of at least six reciprocal mirrors. Output from the second set of at least six reciprocal mirrors is sent to the single projector unit. Image data output by the single projector unit is output as a six-primary color system. In another embodiment, there are more than two sets of reciprocal mirrors. In another embodiment, more than one projector is used. [00487] In another embodiment, the display is comprised of a dual stack Digital Micromirror Device (DMD) projector system. FIG.94 illustrates one embodiment of a dual stack DMD projector system. In this system, two projectors are stacked on top of one another. In one embodiment, the dual stack DMD projector system uses a spinning wheel filter. In another embodiment, the dual stack DMD projector system uses phosphor technology. In one embodiment, the filter systems are illuminated by a xenon lamp. In another embodiment, the filter system uses a blue laser illuminator system. Filter systems in one projector are RGB, while the second projector uses a CMY filter set. The wheels for each projector unit are synchronized using at least one of an input video sync or a projector to projector sync, and timed so that the inverted colors are output of each projector at the same time. [00488] In one embodiment, the projectors are phosphor wheel systems. A yellow phosphor wheel spins in time with a DMD imager to output sequential RG. The second projector is designed the same, but uses a cyan phosphor wheel. The output from this Magenta is developed by synchronizing the yellow and cyan wheels to overlap the flashing DMD. [00489] In another embodiment, the display is a single DMD projector solution. A single DMD device is coupled with an RGB diode light source system. In one embodiment, the DMD projector uses LED diodes. In one embodiment, the DMD projector includes CMY diodes. In another embodiment, the DMD projector creates CMY primaries using a double flashing technique. FIG.95 illustrates one embodiment of a single DMD projector solution. [00490] FIG.96 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system using a white OLED display. In yet another embodiment, the display is a white OLED monitor. Current emissive monitor and/or television designs use a white emissive OLED array covered by a color filter. Changes to this type of display only require a change to pixel indexing and new six color primary filters. Different color filter arrays are used, placing each subpixel in a position that provides the least light restrictions, color accuracy, and off axis display. [00491] FIG.97 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter array for a white OLED display. [00492] FIG.98 illustrates one embodiment of a matrix of an LCD drive for a six-primary color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor. In yet another embodiment, the display is a backlight illuminated LCD display. The design of an LCD display involves adding the CMY subpixels. Drives for these subpixels are similar to the RGB matrix drives. With the advent of 8K LCD televisions, it is technically feasible to change the matrix drive and optical filter and have a 4K six-primary color TV. [00493] FIG.99 illustrates one embodiment of an optical filter array for a six-primary color system with a backlight illuminated LCD monitor. The optical filter array includes the additional CMY subpixels. The design for a direct emissive assembled display includes a matrix of color emitters grouped as a six-color system. Individual channel inputs drive each Quantum Dot (QD) element illuminator and/or micro LED element. [00495] FIG.100 illustrates an array for a Quantum Dot (QD) display device. [00496] FIG.101 illustrates one embodiment of an array for a six-primary color system for use with a direct emissive assembled display. [00497] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for encoding and decoding an image signal including an encoder, wherein the encoder includes at least one encoder processor, at least one encoder memory, at least one encoder input, and at least one encoder output, a decoder, wherein the decoder includes at least one decoder processor, at least one decoder memory, at least one decoder input, and at least one decoder output, and at least one viewing device, wherein the encoder and the decoder are in network communication, wherein the decoder and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the at least one encoder input is image data related to the image signal, wherein the encoder is operable to process the at least one encoder input, thereby creating the at least one encoder output, wherein the at least one encoder output is Yxy data, wherein the at least one encoder output is transmitted to the decoder, thereby creating the at least one decoder input, wherein the decoder is operable to process the at least one decoder input, thereby creating the at least one decoder output, wherein the at least one decoder output is transmitted to the at least one viewing device, and wherein the at least one viewing device is operable to display one or more of the at least one decoder output. In one embodiment, the encoder further includes a watermark engine, and wherein the watermark engine is operable to modify the at least one encoder input to include a digital watermark. In one embodiment, the decoder further includes a watermark detection engine and a watermark watermark, and wherein the watermark subtraction engine is operable to remove the digital watermark. In one embodiment, the encoder further includes an encoder flash card reader and/or the decoder further includes a decoder flash card reader. In one embodiment, the encoder further includes a gamma function, wherein the decoder further includes a gamma to linear converter, and wherein the gamma to linear converter is operable to remove the gamma function. In one embodiment, the gamma function is a ½ gamma function. In one embodiment, the encoder and/or the decoder are operable to generate, insert, and/or recover metadata related to the image signal. In one embodiment, the metadata includes a color space, an image transfer function, a peak white value, and/or a signal format. In one embodiment, the encoder further includes an encoder operations programming port and/or the decoder further includes a decoder operations programming port, wherein the encoder operations programming port is operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the encoder, and wherein the decoder operations programming port is operable to provide updates to firmware and/or software on the decoder. In one embodiment, the encoder further includes an encoder equalizer, at least one encoder serial to parallel converter, at least one Ethernet port, a DeBayer engine, a linear converter, a scaler, at least one custom encoder look-up table, an RGB-to-XYZ converter, an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a sampling selector, and/or at least one encoder parallel to serial converter. In one embodiment, the decoder further includes a decoder equalizer, at least one decoder serial to parallel converter, a sampling converter, at least one Yxy-to-XYZ converter, a gamma library, an XYZ-to-RGB library, at least one custom decoder look-up table, and/or at least one decoder parallel to serial converter. In one embodiment, the encoder further includes at least one encoder formatter, wherein the at least one encoder formatter is operable to provide the at least one encoder output formatted for serial digital interface (SDI), high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI), Ethernet, and/or wherein the at least one decoder formatter is operable to provide the at least one decoder output formatted for serial digital interface (SDI), high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI), Ethernet, and/or fiber. In one embodiment, the at least one viewing device is at least two viewing devices, and wherein the decoder is operable to send the at least one decoder output to the at least two viewing devices simultaneously. In one embodiment, the Yxy data includes two colorimetric coordinates (x and y) and a luminance (Y) or a luma (Y'), and the Yxy data includes pixel mapping data. In one embodiment, the at least one viewing device includes a plurality of pixels and a plurality of subpixels, and the color components and the luminance or luma corresponding to a pixel of the plurality of pixels is used to calculate a color and a brightness of one or more of the plurality of subpixels. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color space. [00498] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for encoding and decoding an image signal including an encoder, wherein the encoder includes at least one encoder processor, at least one encoder memory, at least one encoder input, a watermark engine, and at least one encoder output, a decoder, wherein the decoder includes at least one decoder processor, at least one decoder memory, at least one decoder input, a watermark detection engine, a watermark subtraction engine, and at least one decoder output, and at least one viewing device, wherein the encoder and the decoder are in network communication, wherein the decoder and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the at least one encoder input is image data related to the image signal, wherein the encoder is operable to process the at least one encoder input and the watermark engine is operable to modify the at least one encoder input to include a digital watermark, thereby creating the at least one encoder output, wherein the at least one encoder output is Yxy data, wherein the at least one encoder output is transmitted to the decoder, thereby creating the at input, the watermark detection engine is operable to detect the digital watermark, and the watermark subtraction engine is operable to remove the digital watermark, thereby creating the at least one decoder output, wherein the at least one decoder output is transmitted to the at least one viewing device, and wherein the at least one viewing device is operable to display one or more of the at least one decoder output. In one embodiment, the encoder further includes a gamma function, wherein the decoder further includes a gamma to linear converter, and wherein the gamma to linear converter is operable to remove the gamma function. In one embodiment, the gamma function is a ½ gamma function. [00499] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for encoding and decoding an image signal including an encoder, wherein the encoder includes at least one encoder processor, at least one encoder memory, at least one encoder input, a ½ gamma function, and at least one encoder output, a decoder, wherein the decoder includes at least one decoder processor, at least one decoder memory, at least one decoder input, a ½ gamma to linear converter, and at least one decoder output, and at least one viewing device, wherein the encoder and the decoder are in network communication, wherein the decoder and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the at least one encoder input is image data related to the image signal, wherein the encoder is operable to process the at least one encoder input using the ½ gamma function, thereby creating the at least one encoder output, wherein the at least one encoder output is Yxy data, wherein the at least one encoder output is transmitted to the decoder, thereby creating the at least one decoder input. wherein the decoder is operable to process the at least one decoder input and remove the ½ gamma function using the ½ gamma to linear converter, thereby creating the at least one decoder output, wherein the at least one decoder output is transmitted to the at least one viewing device, and wherein the at least one viewing device is operable to display one or more of the engine, and wherein the watermark engine is operable to modify the at least one encoder input to include a digital watermark. In one embodiment, the decoder further includes a watermark detection engine and a watermark subtraction engine, wherein the watermark detection engine is operable to detect a digital watermark, and wherein the watermark subtraction engine is operable to remove the digital watermark. [00500] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying an image signal including at least one processor coupled to at least one memory, a graphics processing unit (GPU), a display engine, and at least one viewing device, wherein the at least one processor, the GPU, and the display engine are in network communication, wherein the display engine and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller, a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator, a sampling selector, a video bus, and at least one output formatter and/or encoder, wherein image data related to the image signal is input into the GPU, wherein the GPU is operable to process the image data, thereby creating rendered image data, wherein the rendered image data is transmitted to the display engine, wherein the display engine is operable to process the rendered image data, thereby creating formatted image data, wherein the formatted image data is transmitted to the at least one viewing device, and wherein the at least one viewing device is operable to display the formatted image data. In one embodiment, the formatted data includes Serial Digital Input (SDI), DisplayPort, High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI), fiber, and/or ethernet formatted data. In one embodiment, the display engine and the GPU are included on a video card. In one embodiment, the display engine and the GPU are included in the at least one viewing device. In one embodiment, the GPU and the display engine are included on a video computer. In one embodiment, the GPU includes a render engine, at least one render pipeline (RP), a programmable pixel shader, a programmable vector shader, a vector array processor, a curvature engine, and/or a memory cache. In one embodiment, the display engine further includes a multi-column three-dimensional (3D) look-up table (LUT). In one embodiment, the non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator is operable to apply a ½ gamma function. In one embodiment, one or more of the at least one processor loads the raster scaler with framing information. In one embodiment, the framing information includes a start of file (SOF) identifier, an end of file (EOF) identifier, a pixel count, a frame rate, HDMI information, and/or DisplayPort information. In one embodiment, the at least one viewing device is selected from a group consisting of a smartphone, a tablet, a laptop screen, a light emitting diode (LED) display, an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, a miniLED display, a microLED display, a liquid crystal display (LCD), a quantum dot display, a quantum nano emitting diode (QNED) device, a personal gaming device, a virtual reality (VR) device and/or an augmented reality (AR) device, an LED wall, a wearable display, and at least one projector. In one embodiment, output of the raster scaler is RGB data, XYZ data, or Yxy data. In one embodiment, the at least one video display controller includes an XYZ video display controller and/or a red, green, and blue (RGB) video display controller. In one embodiment, input to the scaler and/or limiter is XYZ data or multi-primary data. In one embodiment, the at least one video display controller is operable to limit and/or optimize video data for streaming and/or compression. [00501] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying an image signal including at least one processor coupled to at least one memory, a graphics processing unit (GPU), a display engine, and at least one viewing device, wherein the at least one processor, the GPU, and the display engine are in network communication, wherein the the display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller, a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, a multi-column three- dimensional (3D) look-up table (LUT), an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator, a sampling selector, a video bus, and at least one output formatter and/or encoder, wherein the color channel-to-XYZ converter is operable to accept a native format and convert to an XYZ format, wherein image data related to the image signal is input into the GPU, wherein the GPU is operable to process the image data, thereby creating rendered image data, wherein the rendered image data is transmitted to the display engine, wherein the display engine is operable to process the rendered image data, thereby creating formatted image data, wherein the formatted image data is transmitted to the at least one viewing device, and wherein the at least one viewing device is operable to display the formatted image data. In one embodiment, the native format is red, green, and blue (RGB) data, multi-primary data, or Yxy data. [00502] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying an image signal including at least one processor coupled to at least one memory, at least one video card including a graphics processing unit (GPU) and a display engine, and at least one viewing device, wherein the at least one processor and the at least one video card are in network communication, wherein the at least one video card and the at least one viewing device are in network communication, wherein the display engine includes a raster scaler, at least one video display controller, a color channel-to-XYZ converter, a linear converter, a scaler and/or limiter, an XYZ-to-Yxy converter, a non-linear function and/or tone curve applicator, a sampling selector, a video bus, and/or at least one output formatter and/or encoder, wherein image data related to the image signal is input into the GPU, wherein the GPU is operable to process the image data, thereby creating rendered image data, wherein the operable to process the rendered image data, thereby creating formatted image data, wherein the formatted image data is transmitted to the at least one viewing device, and wherein the at least one viewing device is operable to display the formatted image data. In one embodiment, the at least one video card includes a plurality of video cards linked together. In one embodiment, the at least one video card is operable to be inserted into a connector located within a computer. [00503] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the at least one display device is operable to display the primary color system based on the set of image data, wherein the primary color system displayed on the at least one display device is based on the set of image data. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of primary color signals to the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of values in Yxy color space to a plurality of color gamuts. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to fully sample the Yxy data related to the In one embodiment, the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are fully sampled. In one embodiment, the set of image data is integrated into a standardized transportation format. In one embodiment, the set of values in Yxy color space includes a reference to at least one white point. In one embodiment, the Yxy data includes floating points. In one embodiment, the encode includes converting the set of primary color signals to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to create the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the decode includes converting the Yxy data to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to a format operable to display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the set of image data is transported linearly without a non-linear function applied to the luminance Y. [00504] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y', wherein the encode and the decode include transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y and the luma Y', and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto-optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). In one embodiment, the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to encode the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to decode the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter includes a look-up table. [00505] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space, a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, wherein the set of SDP parameters is modifiable, and at least one display device, wherein the set of image data further includes pixel mapping data, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates and the luminance Y, and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in Yxy color space. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in Yxy color space. displaying a primary color system including providing a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, encoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using a digital interface of an image data converter, wherein the image data converter is in network communication with at least one display device, decoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using the digital interface of the image data converter, and the image data converter converting the set of image data for display on the at least one display device, wherein the encoding and the decoding include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, wherein the Yxy data is related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system, including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in a color space, wherein the set of values in the color space includes two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are independent from the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in the color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in the color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the colorimetric coordinates, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance, thereby creating a luma, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of processed data, and wherein the processed data is related to the luma and the two colorimetric coordinates, and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data device is operable to display the primary color system based on the set of image data, wherein the primary color system displayed on the at least one display device is based on the set of image data. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of primary color signals to the set of values in the color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to convert the set of values in the color space to a plurality of color gamuts. In one embodiment, the image data converter is operable to fully sample the processed data related to the luma and subsample the processed data related to the two colorimetric coordinates. In one embodiment, the processed data related to the luma and the two colorimetric coordinates are fully sampled. In one embodiment, the two colorimetric coordinates are x and y. In one embodiment, the two colorimetric coordinates are u' and v'. In one embodiment, the processed data includes floating points. In one embodiment, the encode includes converting the set of primary color signals to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to create the set of values in the color space. In one embodiment, the decode includes converting the processed data to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to a format operable to display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the at least one non-linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto- optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). [00507] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system, including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in a color space, wherein the set of values in the color space includes two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are independent from the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital in the color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in the color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance, thereby creating a luma, a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of processed data, and wherein the processed data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates and the luma, and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the at least one non- linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto-optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). In one embodiment, the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to encode the set of values in the color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to decode the set of values in the color space. In one embodiment, the image data converter includes a look-up table. [00508] In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a system for displaying a primary color system, including a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in a color space, wherein the set of values in the color space includes two colorimetric coordinates and a luminance, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are independent from the luminance, an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in the color space, at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in the color coordinates, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance, thereby creating a luma, a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, and at least one display device, wherein the set of image data includes pixel mapping data, wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication, wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of processed data, and wherein the processed data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates and the luma, and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes a subsample of the set of values in the color space. In one embodiment, the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in the color space. [00509] FIG.102 illustrates one embodiment of a six-primary color system in an emissive display that does not incorporate color filtered subpixels. For LCD and WOLED displays, this can be modified for a six-primary color system by expanding the RGB or WRGB filter arrangement to an RGBCMY matrix. For WRGB systems, the white subpixel could be removed as the luminance of the three additional primaries will replace it. SDI video is input through an SDI decoder. In one embodiment, the SDI decoder outputs to a Y CrCbCcCy- RGBCMY converter. The converter outputs RGBCMY data, with the luminance component (Y) subtracted. RGBCMY data is then converted to RGB data. This RGB data is sent to a scale sync generation component, receives adjustments to image controls, contrast, brightness, chroma, and saturation, is sent to a color correction component, and output to the display panel as LVDS data. In another embodiment the SDI decoder outputs to an SDI Y-R switch component. The SDI Y-R switch component outputs RGBCMY data. The RGBCMY data is sent to a scale sync generation component, receives adjustments to image controls, output to a display panel as LVDS data. [00510] FIG.109 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the invention illustrating a computer system, generally described as 800, having a network 810, a plurality of computing devices 820, 830, 840, a server 850, and a database 870. [00511] The server 850 is constructed, configured, and coupled to enable communication over a network 810 with a plurality of computing devices 820, 830, 840. The server 850 includes a processing unit 851 with an operating system 852. The operating system 852 enables the server 850 to communicate through network 810 with the remote, distributed user devices. Database 870 may house an operating system 872, memory 874, and programs 876. [00512] In one embodiment of the invention, the system 800 includes a network 810 for distributed communication via a wireless communication antenna 812 and processing by at least one mobile communication computing device 830. Alternatively, wireless and wired communication and connectivity between devices and components described herein include wireless network communication such as WI-FI, WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WIMAX), Radio Frequency (RF) communication including RF identification (RFID), NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION (NFC), BLUETOOTH including BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY (BLE), ZIGBEE, Infrared (IR) communication, cellular communication, satellite communication, Universal Serial Bus (USB), Ethernet communications, communication via fiber-optic cables, coaxial cables, twisted pair cables, and/or any other type of wireless or wired communication. In another embodiment of the invention, the system 800 is a virtualized computing system capable of executing any or all aspects of software and/or application components presented herein on the computing devices 820, 830, 840. In certain aspects, the computer system 800 may be implemented using or integrated into another entity, or distributed across multiple entities or computing devices. [00513] By way of example, and not limitation, the computing devices 820, 830, 840 are intended to represent various forms of electronic devices including at least a processor and a memory, such as a server, blade server, mainframe, mobile phone, personal digital assistant (PDA), smartphone, desktop computer, notebook computer, tablet computer, workstation, laptop, and other similar computing devices. The components shown here, their connections and relationships, and their functions, are meant to be exemplary only, and are not meant to limit implementations of the invention described and/or claimed in the present application. [00514] In one embodiment, the computing device 820 includes components such as a processor 860, a system memory 862 having a random access memory (RAM) 864 and a read-only memory (ROM) 866, and a system bus 868 that couples the memory 862 to the processor 860. In another embodiment, the computing device 830 may additionally include components such as a storage device 890 for storing the operating system 892 and one or more application programs 894, a network interface unit 896, and/or an input/output controller 898. Each of the components may be coupled to each other through at least one bus 868. The input/output controller 898 may receive and process input from, or provide output to, a number of other devices 899, including, but not limited to, alphanumeric input devices, mice, electronic styluses, display units, touch screens, signal generation devices (e.g., speakers), or printers. [00515] By way of example, and not limitation, the processor 860 may be a general- purpose microprocessor (e.g., a central processing unit (CPU)), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a microcontroller, a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), a Programmable Logic Device (PLD), a controller, a state machine, gated or transistor logic, discrete hardware calculations, process instructions for execution, and/or other manipulations of information. [00516] In another implementation, shown as 840 in FIG.109 multiple processors 860 and/or multiple buses 868 may be used, as appropriate, along with multiple memories 862 of multiple types (e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core). [00517] Also, multiple computing devices may be connected, with each device providing portions of the necessary operations (e.g., a server bank, a group of blade servers, or a multi- processor system). Alternatively, some steps or methods may be performed by circuitry that is specific to a given function. [00518] According to various embodiments, the computer system 800 may operate in a networked environment using logical connections to local and/or remote computing devices 820, 830, 840 through a network 810. A computing device 830 may connect to a network 810 through a network interface unit 896 connected to a bus 868. Computing devices may communicate communication media through wired networks, direct-wired connections or wirelessly, such as acoustic, RF, or infrared, through an antenna 897 in communication with the network antenna 812 and the network interface unit 896, which may include digital signal processing circuitry when necessary. The network interface unit 896 may provide for communications under various modes or protocols. [00519] In one or more exemplary aspects, the instructions may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combinations thereof. A computer readable medium may provide volatile or non-volatile storage for one or more sets of instructions, such as operating systems, data structures, program modules, applications, or other data embodying any one or more of the methodologies or functions described herein. The computer readable medium may include the memory 862, the processor 860, and/or the storage media 890 and system) that store the one or more sets of instructions 900. Non-transitory computer readable media includes all computer readable media, with the sole exception being a transitory, propagating signal per se. The instructions 900 may further be transmitted or received over the network 810 via the network interface unit 896 as communication media, which may include a modulated data signal such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism and includes any deliver media. The term “modulated data signal” means a signal that has one or more of its characteristics changed or set in a manner as to encode information in the signal. [00520] Storage devices 890 and memory 862 include, but are not limited to, volatile and non-volatile media such as cache, RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, FLASH memory, or other solid state memory technology, discs (e.g., digital versatile discs (DVD), HD-DVD, BLU-RAY, compact disc (CD), or CD-ROM) or other optical storage; magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage, floppy disks, or other magnetic storage devices; or any other medium that can be used to store the computer readable instructions and which can be accessed by the computer system 800. [00521] In one embodiment, the computer system 800 is within a cloud-based network. In one embodiment, the server 850 is a designated physical server for distributed computing devices 820, 830, and 840. In one embodiment, the server 850 is a cloud-based server platform. In one embodiment, the cloud-based server platform hosts serverless functions for distributed computing devices 820, 830, and 840. [00522] In another embodiment, the computer system 800 is within an edge computing network. The server 850 is an edge server, and the database 870 is an edge database. The edge server 850 and the edge database 870 are part of an edge computing platform. In one embodiment, the edge server 850 and the edge database 870 are designated to distributed computing devices 820, 830, and 840. In one embodiment, the edge server 850 and the edge computing devices 820, 830, and 840 are connected to an edge server in the edge computing network based on proximity, availability, latency, bandwidth, and/or other factors. [00523] It is also contemplated that the computer system 800 may not include all of the components shown in FIG.109 may include other components that are not explicitly shown in FIG.109 or may utilize an architecture completely different than that shown in FIG.109. The various illustrative logical blocks, modules, elements, circuits, and algorithms described in connection with the embodiments discussed herein may be implemented as electronic hardware, computer software, or combinations of both. To clearly illustrate the interchangeability of hardware and software, various illustrative components, blocks, modules, circuits, and steps have been described above generally in terms of their functionality. Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware or software depends upon the particular application and design constraints imposed on the overall system. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality in varying ways for each particular application (e.g., arranged in a different order or positioned in a different way), but such implementation decisions should not be interpreted as causing a departure from the scope of the present invention. [00524] The above-mentioned examples are provided to serve the purpose of clarifying the aspects of the invention, and it will be apparent to one skilled in the art that they do not serve to limit the scope of the invention. By nature, this invention is highly adjustable, customizable and adaptable. The above-mentioned examples are just some of the many configurations that the mentioned components can take on. All modifications and improvements have been deleted herein for the sake of conciseness and readability but are properly within the scope of the present invention.

Claims

The invention claimed is: 1. A system for displaying a primary color system comprising: a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are orthogonal to the luminance Y; an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space; at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y'; a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters; and at least one display device; wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication; wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the luma Y' and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y; and wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of image data for display on the at least one display device. primary color system based on the set of image data, wherein the primary color system displayed on the at least one display device is based on the set of image data. 3. The system of claim 1, wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of primary color signals to the set of values in Yxy color space. 4. The system of claim 1, wherein the image data converter is operable to convert the set of values in Yxy color space to a plurality of color gamuts. 5. The system of claim 1, wherein the image data converter is operable to fully sample the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and subsample the Yxy data related to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y. 6. The system of claim 1, wherein the Yxy data related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y are fully sampled. 7. The system of claim 1, wherein the set of image data is integrated into a standardized transportation format. 8. The system of claim 1, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes a reference to at least one white point. 9. The system of claim 1, wherein the Yxy data includes floating points. 10. The system of claim 1, wherein the encode includes converting the set of primary color signals to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to create the set of values in Yxy color space. 11. The system of claim 1, wherein the decode includes converting the Yxy data to XYZ data and then converting the XYZ data to a format operable to display on the at least one display device. 12. The system of claim 1, wherein the at least one non-linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (EOTF). 13. The system of claim 1, wherein the set of image data includes pixel mapping data. 14. The system of claim 13, wherein the pixel mapping data includes an alignment of the set of values in Yxy color space. 15. A system for displaying a primary color system comprising: a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y, and wherein the two colorimetric coordinates are orthogonal to the luminance; an image data converter, wherein the image data converter includes a digital interface, and wherein the digital interface is operable to encode and decode the set of values in Yxy color space; at least one non-linear function for processing the set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y'; a set of Session Description Protocol (SDP) parameters, wherein the set of SDP parameters is modifiable; and at least one display device; wherein the at least one display device and the image data converter are in network communication; wherein the encode and the decode includes transportation of Yxy data, and wherein the Yxy data is related to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y and the luma Y'; and on the at least one display device. 16. The system of claim 12, wherein the at least one non-linear function includes at least one of a gamma function, a log function, a perceptual quantizer (PQ) function, an opto-electronic transfer function (OETF), an opto-optical transfer function (OOTF), and/or an electro-optical transfer function (EOTF). 17. The system of claim 12, wherein the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function to encode the set of values in Yxy color space. 18. The system of claim 12, wherein the image data converter applies one or more of the at least one non-linear function TF to decode the set of values in Yxy color space. 19. The system of claim 12, wherein the image data converter includes a look-up table. 20. A method for displaying a primary color system comprising: providing a set of image data including a set of primary color signals, wherein the set of primary color signals corresponds to a set of values in Yxy color space, wherein the set of values in Yxy color space includes two colorimetric coordinates x and y and a luminance Y; encoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using a digital interface of an image data converter, wherein the image data converter is in network communication with at least one display device; processing the set of values in Yxy color space using at least one non-linear function, wherein the at least one non-linear function is not applied to the two colorimetric coordinates x and y, and wherein the at least one non-linear function is applied to the luminance Y, thereby creating a luma Y'; decoding the set of image data in Yxy color space using the digital interface of the image data converter; and display device; wherein the encoding and the decoding include transportation of the set of image data as Yxy data, wherein the Yxy data is related to the luminance Y and the two colorimetric coordinates x and y.
PCT/US2021/048368 2020-10-21 2021-08-31 System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system WO2022086629A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/076,383 US11069279B2 (en) 2018-10-25 2020-10-21 System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US17/076,383 2020-10-21
US17/225,734 2021-04-08
US17/225,734 US11289000B2 (en) 2018-10-25 2021-04-08 System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US17/338,357 US11189210B2 (en) 2018-10-25 2021-06-03 System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US17/338,357 2021-06-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022086629A1 true WO2022086629A1 (en) 2022-04-28

Family

ID=81291008

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/048368 WO2022086629A1 (en) 2020-10-21 2021-08-31 System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022086629A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050083352A1 (en) * 2003-10-21 2005-04-21 Higgins Michael F. Method and apparatus for converting from a source color space to a target color space
US20160205367A1 (en) * 2015-01-09 2016-07-14 Vixs Systems, Inc. Dynamic range converter with generic architecture and methods for use therewith
US20170339418A1 (en) * 2016-05-17 2017-11-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and systems for generating and processing content color volume messages for video
US20180198754A1 (en) * 2017-01-09 2018-07-12 Star2Star Communications, LLC Network Address Family Translation Method and System
US20210035487A1 (en) * 2018-10-25 2021-02-04 Baylor University System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US20210233454A1 (en) * 2018-10-25 2021-07-29 Baylor University System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050083352A1 (en) * 2003-10-21 2005-04-21 Higgins Michael F. Method and apparatus for converting from a source color space to a target color space
US20160205367A1 (en) * 2015-01-09 2016-07-14 Vixs Systems, Inc. Dynamic range converter with generic architecture and methods for use therewith
US20170339418A1 (en) * 2016-05-17 2017-11-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and systems for generating and processing content color volume messages for video
US20180198754A1 (en) * 2017-01-09 2018-07-12 Star2Star Communications, LLC Network Address Family Translation Method and System
US20210035487A1 (en) * 2018-10-25 2021-02-04 Baylor University System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US20210233454A1 (en) * 2018-10-25 2021-07-29 Baylor University System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DOUGLAS A KERR : "The CIE XYZ and xyY Color Spaces", 21 March 2010 (2010-03-21), XP055285097, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://dougkerr.net/Pumpkin/articles/CIE_XYZ.pdf> *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11682333B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11315466B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11694592B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11189214B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US20230290291A1 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11721266B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11651718B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US20240062695A1 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11475819B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11984055B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11341890B2 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US11315467B1 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
US20220343822A1 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
WO2022086629A1 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system
WO2021222022A1 (en) System and method for a multi-primary wide gamut color system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21883483

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21883483

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1